Service Manual

Color Inkjet Printer

EPSON
ET-8500/L8160 Series
ET-8550/L8180 Series

Confidential
SEMF20-005
 Notice
 All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
 All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being
informed of them.
 The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
 The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof.
EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

Copyright © 2020 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

P ⋅ CS Quality Assurance Department

Confidential
 Safety Precautions
All safety procedures described here shall be strictly adhered to by all parties servicing and maintaining this product.

DANGER
Strictly observe the following cautions. Failure to comply could result in serious bodily injury or loss of life.
1. Always disconnect the product from the power source and peripheral devices when servicing the product or performing maintenance.
2. When performing works described in this manual, do not connect to a power source until instructed to do so. Connecting to a power source causes high voltage in the power supply unit and some
electronic components even if the product power switch is off. If you need to perform the work with the power cable connected to a power source, use extreme caution to avoid electrical shock.

WARNING
Strictly observe the following cautions. Failure to comply may lead to personal injury or loss of life.
1. When using compressed air products; such as air duster, for cleaning during repair and maintenance, the use of such products containing flammable gas is prohibited.

PRECAUTIONS
Strictly observe the following cautions. Failure to comply may lead to personal injury or damage of the product.
1. Repairs on Epson product should be performed only by an Epson certified repair technician.
2. No work should be performed on this product by persons unfamiliar with basic safety knowledge required for electrician.
3. The power rating of this product is indicated on the serial number/rating plate. Never connect this product to the power source whose voltages is different from the rated voltage.
4. Replace malfunctioning components only with those components provided or approved by Epson;
introduction of second-source ICs or other non-approved components may damage the product and void any applicable Epson warranty.
5. The capacitors on the Main Board may be electrically charged right after the power turns off or after driving motors which generates counter electromotive force such as when
rotating the PF Roller or when moving the CR Unit. There is a risk to damage the Main Board if the FFC is short-circuited with the capacitors on the Main Board electrically
charged, therefore, after the power turns off or after motors are driven, leave the printer untouched for approximately 30 seconds to discharge the capacitors before starting
disassembly/ reassembly.

Confidential
6. To prevent the circuit boards from short-circuiting, be careful about the following when handling FFC or cables.
 When handling FFC, take care not to let the terminal section of FFC touch metal parts.
 When connecting cables/FFC to the connectors on circuit boards, connect them straight to the connectors to avoid slant insertion.
7. In order to protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use static discharge equipment, such as anti-static wrist straps, when accessing internal components.
8. Do not tilt this product immediately after initial ink charge, especially after performing the ink charge several times. Doing so may cause ink to leak from the product because it
may take some time for the waste ink pads to completely absorb ink wasted due to the ink charge.
9. Never touch the ink or wasted ink with bare hands. If ink comes into contact with your skin, wash it off with soap and water immediately. If you have a skin irritation, consult a
doctor immediately.
10. When disassembling or assembling this product, make sure to wear gloves to avoid injuries from metal parts with sharp edges.
11. Use only recommended tools for disassembling, assembling or adjusting the printer.
12. Observe the specified torque when tightening screws.
13. Be extremely careful not to scratch or contaminate the following parts.
 Nozzle plate of the printhead
 CR Scale
 PF Scale
 Coated surface of the PF Roller
 Gears
 Rollers
 LCD
 Scanner Sensor
 Exterior parts
14. Never use oil or grease other than those specified in this manual. Use of different types of oil or grease may damage the component or give bad influence on the printer function.
15. Apply the specified amount of grease described in this manual.
16. Make the specified adjustments when you disassemble the printer.
17. When cleaning this product, follow the procedure described in this manual.
18. When transporting this product after filling the ink in the printhead, pack the printer without removing the adapters in order to prevent the printhead from drying out.
19. Make sure to install antivirus software in the computers used for the service support activities.
20. Keep the virus pattern file of antivirus software up-to-date.
21. When disassembling/reassembling this product, if you find adhesive power of the double-sided tape which secure the parts or FFC is not enough, replace the tape with new one
and attach it correctly to the specified points where the parts or FFC should be secured.
22. Unless otherwise specified in this manual, the labels attached on the returned product should be transferred to the corresponding attachment positions on the new one referring
to the labels on the returned product.

Confidential
 About This Manual
This manual, consists of the following chapters, is intended for repair service personnel and includes information necessary for properly performing maintenance and servicing the
product.

CHAPTER 1. OPERATING PRINCIPLES

Describes the electrical and mechanical basic operating principles of the product.

CHAPTER 2. TROUBLESHOOTING
Describes the step-by-step procedures for the troubleshooting.

CHAPTER 3. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Describes the disassembly/reassembly procedures for main parts/units of the product, and provides the standard operation time for servicing the
product.

CHAPTER 4. ADJUSTMENT
Describes the required adjustments for servicing the product.

CHAPTER 5. MAINTENANCE
Describes maintenance items and procedures for servicing the product.

CHAPTER 6. APPENDIX
Provides the following additional information for reference:
• Connector Diagram
• Protection for Transportation

Confidential
 Symbols Used in this Manual
Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a procedure or an action.
Pay attention to all symbols when they are used, and always read explanation thoroughly and follow the instructions.

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or Indicates a lubrication point, practice, or condition that is
condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury necessary to keep the product's quality.
or loss of life.

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or Indicates that special tools and jigs are required.
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury
or loss of life.

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or For Chapter 3 “Disassembly/Reassembly”, symbols other than indicated above
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in
are used to show additional information for disassembly/reassembly. For the
personal injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of
details on those symbols, see "3.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures (p84)".
equipment.
Indicates a prohibited action.

Notes have important information and useful tips on the

operation of your equipment.

Indicates that a particular task must be carried out according

to a certain standard after disassembly and before
reassembly, otherwise the quality of the components in
question may be adversely
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice,
or condition that is necessary to keep the product's quality.

Confidential
Revision Status
Revision Date of Issue Description
A December 23, 2020 First release

Confidential
 EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Contents
Chapter 1 Operating Principles 1.5.2 Operation Principles .................................................................................. 36

1.1 Printer Mechanism Overview ............................................................................. 11

1.1.1 Printhead .................................................................................................... 11
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Carriage Mechanism .................................................................................. 12 2.1 Troubleshooting .................................................................................................. 39
1.1.3 Paper Loading/Feed Mechanism ............................................................... 13 2.1.1 Troubleshooting Workflow ....................................................................... 39
1.1.4 Ink Supply Mechanism .............................................................................. 14 2.1.1.1 Workflow when the Power is ON (Printer) ........................................ 40
1.1.5 Ink System Mechanism .............................................................................. 15 2.1.1.2 Workflow for Scanner Errors when the Power is ON ........................ 43
1.1.6 Scanner Mechanism ................................................................................... 16 2.1.1.3 Workflow for Errors when Printing Starts ......................................... 44
1.1.7 List of Motor and Sensor ........................................................................... 17 2.2 Power-On Sequence ........................................................................................... 45
1.2 APG Mechanism Operation Principle ................................................................ 19 2.3 Fatal Error Code List.......................................................................................... 47
1.2.1 APG Mechanism Configuration ................................................................ 19 2.3.1 Displaying the Fatal Error Code................................................................ 47
1.2.2 PG Type ..................................................................................................... 20 2.3.2 Fatal Error Code........................................................................................ 47
1.2.3 PG Shift Operation .................................................................................... 21 2.3.2.1 Scanner ............................................................................................... 48
1.3 Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism ................................................................... 22 2.3.2.2 Printer (CR) ........................................................................................ 52
1.3.1 Overview .................................................................................................... 22 2.3.2.3 Printer (PF) ......................................................................................... 55
1.3.2 Paper Feed Path ......................................................................................... 23 2.3.2.4 Printer (Stacker) ................................................................................. 57
1.3.2.1 Front Paper Loading ........................................................................... 23 2.3.2.5 Printer (PW/PE Sensor) ...................................................................... 59
1.3.2.2 Rear Paper Loading ............................................................................ 23 2.3.2.6 Printer (Head/CSIC) ........................................................................... 60
1.3.2.3 Printing on disk media ........................................................................ 24 2.3.2.7 Printer (Others) ................................................................................... 61
1.3.2.4 Paper Feed Path of Manual Paper Loading ........................................ 24 2.3.2.8 System Error ....................................................................................... 61
1.3.2.5 Paper Loading Path for Duplex Printing ............................................ 25 2.4 Service Support Mode........................................................................................ 62
1.3.3 Operation Principle .................................................................................... 26 2.4.1 Service Support Mode startup ................................................................... 62
1.3.3.1 Drive Path ........................................................................................... 26
1.4 Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle ...................................................... 30
Chapter 3 Disassembly/Assembly
1.4.1 Overview .................................................................................................... 30
1.4.1.1 Mechanical Configuration .................................................................. 30 3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 65
1.4.1.2 Cleaning .............................................................................................. 31 3.1.1 Tools .......................................................................................................... 65
1.4.1.3 Controlling Waste Ink ........................................................................ 31 3.1.2 Jigs ............................................................................................................. 65
1.4.2 Operating Principles .................................................................................. 32 3.1.3 Locations of the Parts/Units ...................................................................... 66
1.4.2.1 Drive Path ........................................................................................... 32 3.1.4 Standard Operation Time for Servicing the Product ................................. 69
1.4.2.2 Operation of Each Mechanism ........................................................... 33 3.1.5 Checks and Precautions before Disassembling ......................................... 77
1.5 Stacker Auto Open Mechanism Operation Principles ........................................ 35 3.1.5.1 Factors which Affect the Print Quality .............................................. 77
1.5.1 Overview .................................................................................................... 35 3.1.5.2 Minimizing Ink Leakage during Disassembly for Your Safety ......... 78

8
Confidential
 EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.2 Common Cautions on Disassembly/Reassembly ............................................... 81 Chapter 5 Maintenance

3.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures ................................................................ 84
5.1 Cleaning ............................................................................................................ 157
3.3.1 Functional differences among products and components .......................... 84
5.1.1 Cleaning the printhead filter .................................................................... 157
3.3.2 Disassembly Flowchart .............................................................................. 85
5.1.2 Cleaning the seal rubber section of the printhead .................................... 158
3.3.2.1 ET-8500/L8160 Series ....................................................................... 86
5.1.3 Cleaning the nozzle plate section of the printhead .................................. 159
3.3.2.2 ET-8550/L8180 Series ....................................................................... 95
5.1.4 Cleaning the Exterior Parts/inside of the printer ..................................... 160
3.3.3 Repairing Major Components Disassembly/Assembly Procedure .......... 104
3.3.3.1 Housing Left ..................................................................................... 104 5.2 Lubrication ....................................................................................................... 160
3.3.3.2 Housing Right ................................................................................... 105 5.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions ......................................................... 161
3.3.3.3 Paper Support Assy .......................................................................... 106
3.3.3.4 Housing Front Assy .......................................................................... 106 Chapter 6 Appendix
3.3.3.5 Housing Middle (ET-8500/L8160 Series) ........................................ 107
3.3.3.6 Housing Middle (ET-8550/L8180 Series) ........................................ 108 6.1 Connector Diagram .......................................................................................... 167
3.3.3.7 Tank Cover ....................................................................................... 108 6.2 Protection for Transportation ........................................................................... 168
3.3.3.8 SCN & PNL Unit Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series) ............................ 109 6.2.1 Securing the CR Unit ............................................................................... 168
3.3.3.9 SCN & PNL Unit Assy (ET-8550/L8180 Series) ............................ 110 6.2.2 Securing the Maintenance Box ................................................................ 170
3.3.3.10 Main Board Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series) .................................... 111 6.2.3 Protection of Stacker (ET-8500/L8160 Series) ....................................... 172
3.3.3.11 Main Board Assy (ET-8550/L8180 Series) .................................... 111 6.2.4 Securing the Paper Cassette Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series) ................... 173
3.3.3.12 Printhead ......................................................................................... 112 6.2.5 Securing the Paper Cassette Assy/Photo Paper Cassette Assy (ET-8550/L8180
3.3.3.13 Key Slot Assy ................................................................................. 115 Series) ..................................................................................................... 173
3.3.3.14 Ink Tank Assy ................................................................................ 115 6.2.6 Protection of SCN Cover Rear (ET-8500/L8160 Series) ........................ 176
3.3.3.15 Inksystem Assy ............................................................................... 118 6.2.7 Protection of SCN Cover Rear (ET-8550/L8180 Series) ........................ 176
3.3.3.16 Rear ASF Unit ................................................................................ 120 6.2.8 Securing the Panel Assy/SCN Unit/Paper Support (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
3.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit .................... 122 177
6.2.9 Securing the Panel Assy/SCN Unit/Paper Support (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
3.5 Routing FFCs/cables ........................................................................................ 127
178
6.2.10 Protection the Paper Support (ET-8550/L8180 Series) ......................... 179
Chapter 4 Adjustment
4.1 Required Adjustments...................................................................................... 134
4.2 Adjustment Program ......................................................................................... 137
4.2.1 Operating Environment ........................................................................... 137
4.2.2 Adjustment and Inspection List ............................................................... 137
4.2.3 Details of the Adjustment Program ......................................................... 142
4.3 Mechanism Adjustment / Check...................................................................... 150
4.3.1 PG Adjustment ......................................................................................... 150
4.3.1.1 Preparation ........................................................................................ 150
4.3.1.2 Adjustment and confirmation procedure .......................................... 151
4.3.2 MAC Address Setting .............................................................................. 154
4.3.3 Scanner zero point adjustment (TBD) ..................................................... 155

9
Confidential
 CHAPTER

1
OPERATING PRINCIPLES

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1 Printer Mechanism Overview Cover Head

6.4911 mm
184/720 inch
6.4911 mm
184/720 inch
2.258 mm 2.258 mm 2.258 mm
64/720 inch 64/720 inch 64/720 inch
This chapter describes overview of each mechanism inside the printer.
Standard pin position

Even through the product size and the corresponded paper B#180 D#180 F#180
size etc. are different between ET-8500/L8160 Series and A#180 C#180 E#180
B#179 D#179 F#179
ET-8550/L8180 Series, the basic mechanisms are the same. A#179 C#179 E#179

Paper feed direction

B#178 D#178 F#178
Therefore, the illustration of the ET-8500/L8160 Series is A#178 C#178 E#178
used in most places in this chapter.

Matte black

Photo black
1.1.1 Printhead

Magenta

Yellow
Cyan

Gray
ET-8500/L8160 Series and ET-8550/L8180 Series employ the F6H Printhead.
Table 1-1. Number of nozzles B#3 D#3 F#3
A#3 C#3 E#3
Color Six colors: B#2 D#2 F#2
Black (Mk/Pk), Cyan (C), Magenta (M), Yellow (Y), Gray (GY) A#2 C#2 E#2 0.141 mm
0.071 mm D#1 F#1 1/180 inch
1/360 inch B#1
Number of nozzles Total 1080 nozzles A#1 C#1 E#1
• Matte black (pigment): 180 nozzles
• Photo black (dye): 180 nozzles
• Cyan (dye): 180 nozzles 19.7556 mm

• Magenta (dye): 180 nozzles 28.4 mm

• Yellow (dye): 180 nozzles

Carriage movement direction
• Gray (dye): 180 nozzles
Nozzle pitch 180 dpi Column Color
A Matte black Pigment
Cover Head Nozzle Plate B Photo black Dye
C Cyan
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Gray

Figure 1-2. Nozzle layout (seen from the rear side)

Figure 1-1. F6H Printhead appearance

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 11

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1.2 Carriage Mechanism CR Motor

The major components of the carriage (CR) mechanism are the CR Unit, CR
Encoder, CR Scale, CR Motor, CR Belt. The CR mechanism is a key CR Encoder
mechanism to ensure stable print quality because printing is performed by
Main Frame
moving the CR Unit from side to side.
CR Unit
The CR Unit is placed and held on the Main Frame. The CR Unit is attached to
the CR Timing Belt that is moved by the CR Motor so that the unit can move CR Scale

from side to side to print. The position and speed of the CR Unit are always
monitored using the CR Encoder and CR Scale, and the CR Motor is controlled
in accordance with the information acquired by the CR Encoder.

APG Lever

CR Belt APG Cam/APG Transmission Slider

Figure 1-3. Carriage Mechanism

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 12

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1.3 Paper Loading/Feed Mechanism Intermediate Roller Rear ASF Unit Holder Cam Assy
(inside the Duplex Unit)
The structure of the Paper Loading Mechanism of this printer enable the front
paper loading from the cassette and the rear paper loading from the rear side,
and the mechanism is driven by drive force of the PF Motor.*1
Also, to prevent the printer from always being the paper loading state,
mechanism to transmit or shut down the drive force from the PF Motor to the
Change Slider
Pickup Assy which perform the front paper loading and the Rear ASF Unit
which perform the rear paper loading is equipped (Holder Cam Assy). Driving
the Pickup Roller Assy or the Rear ASF Unit is controlled by the driving
direction of the PF Motor.
Paper loaded by the Pickup Roller Assy or the Rear ASF Unit is moved by the
PF Roller and the EJ Roller included in the Paper Feed Mechanism.
The printer is corresponded to the duplex printing. After printing on the front
face, the paper is automatically reversed, and prints on the backside.
The printer is also equipped with Stacker Open Mechanism*2. When the printer
receives the printing command, the Stacker automatically pulled out by the
Stacker Motor, EJ Roller
PF Roller

Paper Cassette

PF Motor Pickup Roller Assy

Stacker Motor Stacker

Figure 1-4. Paper Loading/Feed Mechanism

*1. See "1.3 Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism" (p 22) for more details.
*2. See "1.5 Stacker Auto Open Mechanism Operation Principles" (p 35) for more details.

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 13

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1.4 Ink Supply Mechanism

The Ink Supply Mechanism plays the role of supplying ink filled in the Ink Tube Valve Assy: open Tube Valve Assy: close
Tank to the Printhead via the Adapter Tube, Tube Valve Assy, and Adapter.
Valve Cam Lever
The Tube Valve Assy is attached on the CR Unit to prevent ink leakage during
shipment. Ink leakage is prevented during shipment by flipping the Valve Cam
Lever on the Tube Valve Assy over to the front side of the printer, and setting
the valve in a closed state by blocking the Adapter Tube.
This state of the valve is not controlled by sensors or the like. However, when Valve Slider Valve Slider Adapter Tube
the CR Unit is moved while the valve is in a closed state, the Valve Cam Lever When the Valve Cam Lever is flipped to the When the Valve Cam Lever is flipped to the
and Housing will come into contact with each other, so if printing is back side of the printer, the Valve Slider front side of the printer, the Valve Slider
releases the Adapter Tube. blocks the Adapter Tube.
implemented without setting the Valve Cam Lever to the valve open state after
shipment, the CR Unit will not be able to move and an error will occur because Adapter
the Valve Cam Lever will touch the Housing when the CR Unit is operated. By
checking the position of the CR Unit at this time, it is possible to detect CR Unit Tube Valve Assy
whether an error has occurred because the valve is closed.

Ink Tank
Adapter Tube

Figure 1-5. Ink Supply Mechanism

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 14

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1.5 Ink System Mechanism

The major components of the ink system mechanism*1 are a Cap, Pump Unit,
and Waste Ink Tube.
The Ink System Mechanism employs the direct acting type for capping. The PF
Motor drives the Pump Mechanism, Capping Mechanism, Wiper Mechanism,
Carriage Lock Mechanism, and Venting Valve Mechanism to clean the
Printhead.
Maintenance Box
The Maintenance Box can be replaced by users. The Maintenance Box is Ink System Mechanism
equipped with the CSIC, which saves/manages the waste ink amount.

Figure 1-6.

*1. See "1.4 Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle" (p 30) for more details.

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 15

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1.6 Scanner Mechanism

The Scanner Mechanism consists of a CIS Module that scans documents and
the SCN Motor that drives the Scanner Carriage. CIS Module moves along the
CIS Module
rail on the scanner housing to scan documents.

SCN Motor Scanner Unit

Figure 1-7. Scanner Mechanism

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 16

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.1.7 List of Motor and Sensor

1
This section describes the types and positions of the motors and sensors.
2 A
3
ET-8500/L8160 SERIES
4

Table 1-2. Motor and Sensor List 5

Mechanism name Motor/sensor name Motor/sensor type No.

Carriage mechanism CR Motor DC Motor A

CR Encoder Transmission-type photo 1
interrupter
PW Sensor Reflection-type photo interrupter 12
Paper loading/feed PF Motor DC Motor C
mechanism
PF Encoder Transmission-type photo 7
interrupter 13
6
PE Sensor Reflection-type photo interrupter 4 7 12
RASF Paper Sensor Transmission-type photo 3 B 11
interrupter 8
LD Phase Sensor Transmission-type photo 2 C
9 D
interrupter 10
Paper Cassette Sensor Mechanical contact 6 Figure 1-8. List of motor and sensor (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Photo Paper Cassette Mechanical contact 10
Sensor
Stacker Motor DC Motor D
Stacker Encoder Transmission-type photo 11
interrupter
Stacker Open Sensor Mechanical contact 9
Others Tank Cover Open Sensor Mechanical contact 13
Scanner SCN Motor DC Motor B
SCN Encoder Transmission-type photo 8
interrupter
CIS Module Image sensor 5

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 17

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

ET-8550/L8180 SERIES
1 A
Table 1-3. Motor and Sensor List 2
3
Mechanism name Motor/sensor name Motor/sensor type No.
4
Carriage mechanism CR Motor DC Motor A
5
CR Encoder Transmission-type photo 1
interrupter
PW Sensor Reflection-type photo interrupter 12
Paper loading/feed PF Motor DC Motor C
mechanism
PF Encoder Transmission-type photo 7
interrupter
PE Sensor Reflection-type photo interrupter 4
RASF Paper Sensor Transmission-type photo 3
interrupter 13
6
LD Phase Sensor Transmission-type photo 2 7 12
interrupter B
8
Paper Cassette Sensor Mechanical contact 6
C
Photo Paper Cassette Mechanical contact 11 9
Sensor D 10 11

Stacker Motor DC Motor D Figure 1-9. List of motor and sensor (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
Stacker Encoder Transmission-type photo 10
interrupter
Stacker Open Sensor Mechanical contact 9
Others Tank Cover Open Sensor Mechanical contact 13
Scanner SCN Motor DC Motor B
SCN Encoder Transmission-type photo 8
interrupter
CIS Module Image sensor 5

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Overview 18

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.2 APG Mechanism Operation Principle From the rear side

The improved type of the APG mechanism in XP-800 series is employed. APG Cam

1.2.1 APG Mechanism Configuration

The APG mechanism includes the APG Lever that controls APG, APG Cam,
and APG Slider that are attached on the carriage.
Since the Main Frame supports the carriage in this product, the APG Cam is
attached at the rear side of the printer. APG Slider

The carriage is on the APG cams. When the APG cams slide, the carriage on
the cams also moves up and down, which enables the PG shift. Carriage

By moving the carriage toward the APG Lever, APG Lever touches the APG
Slider, and moves the APG Cam.
Main Frame

APG Lever

Figure 1-10. APG Mechanism

Operating Principles APG Mechanism Operation Principle 19

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.2.2 PG Type
This product has five types of PGs. The following describes the details of PGs. The PG depends on the relative position of the carriage to the APG lever. The PG set
once is held until the next PG shift operation.

31.891
Distance (mm)
APG reset standby APG reset complete
position position

APG Slider
PG +3
PG Typ. PG +2
PG +1
PG -

PG +3
Carriage PG +2
operation PG +1
position and PG PG Typ. PG +3
Cam face
(mm) PG -
PG +3 shift
position
(230.293)
PG +2
PG +2 shift position (242.57)
PG +1
PG +1 shift position (248.356)
PG Typ.
PG Typ. shift position (254)
PG -
PG- shift position (258.516)
Full-digit 0-digit

PG (mm) 1.3 1.8 2.45 3.35 4.8

PG position PG- PG Typ. PG+1 PG+2 PG+3
Printing on dedicated paper Printing on plain Printing Printing on thick Printing disk,
PG adjustment paper, printing on envelopes or to paper (manual), or to avoid
Application
postcard, or to avoid avoid rubbing at or to avoid rubbing at PG
rubbing at PG - PG Typ. rubbing at PG +1 +2

Note "*": Implement PG adjustments in the PG - state.

Printer enters PG Typ. or PG - with a normal power off. (differs by paper setting)

Operating Principles APG Mechanism Operation Principle 20

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.2.3 PG Shift Operation APG reset

The PG shift operations are performed before paper loading*1 during the state
(ASF: OFF) in which the drive force of the PF Motor is not applied to the paper
loading mechanism and the Ink System Mechanism. Before the PG shift
operation, the APG reset is always performed (PG is set to “PG -”).*2
The following shows the APG reset and PG shift operation.
APG reset operation

No. Detailed operation

1 The printer enters the state (ASF: OFF) in which the drive force of the PF Motor is
not transmitted to the Paper Loading Mechanism and Ink System Mechanism. When
the printer has entered the state, the carriage is at the 0-digit side.
2 The printer rotates the PF Motor CW to reset the APG Lever.
3 The carriage moves to the APG reset standby position on the Full-digit side.
4 The printer rotates the PF Motor CCW to set the APG Lever.
5 The carriage moves toward the APG lever. After the carriage reaches the APG reset
complete position, the APG lever pushes the APG slider and the APG cam moves up Shift operation from PG + to target PG
along the stepped part of the APG slider to set PG -.
6 The carriage moves to the Full-digit side and stops at the APG reset standby position.
7 The printer rotates the PF Motor CW to reset the APG Lever.

Shift operation from PG + to target PG

No. Detailed operation APG Cam

1 The printer rotates the PF Motor CW to reset the APG Lever.
2 The carriage moves to the 0-digit side and stops at the APG shift standby position.
3 The printer rotates the PF Motor CCW to set the APG Lever.
4 The carriage moves toward the APG Lever. After the carriage reaches the set
position of the target PG, the APG Lever pushes the APG Slider to set the target PG.
5 The carriage moves to the 0-digit side and stops at the APG shift standby position.
6 The printer rotates the PF Motor CW to reset the APG Lever.
APG Slider

APG Lever

*1. Before paper loading, PG is shifted to the appropriate PG position corresponding to the paper specified by the printer Movement of carriage Movement of APG cam
driver.
*2. This reset operation is performed only when PG is shifted wider. Figure 1-11. PG Shift Operation Seen from Rear Side of Printer

Operating Principles APG Mechanism Operation Principle 21

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.3 Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism

1.3.1 Overview Hopper
LD Roller
Each mechanism related to Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism are driven by
the PF Motor which is controlled by the PF Encoder. However, Stacker Auto
Open Mechanism is driven by the Stacker Motor. Duplex Unit

Mechanism Overview
Paper loading from the Paper Cassette Assy (lower cassette) or from the Photo
Paper Cassette Assy (upper cassette) is determined by the conditions given below. Change Slider
• Photo Paper Cassette Assy on the front side
Load paper from the Paper Cassette Assy. PE Sensor
• Photo Paper Cassette Assy on the rear side
Front paper loading
Load paper from the Photo Paper Cassette Assy.
With the Change Slider set in the ASF mode state, Pickup Roller Assy rotates in the
PF Roller
paper loading direction when the PF Motor rotates in the paper feeding direction.
When the loaded paper reaches the PE Sensor and the leading edge is detected,
after skew is corrected, the paper is passed to the Paper Feeding Mechanism.
With the Change Slider set in the ASF mode state, LD Roller rotates in the
paper loading direction when the PF Motor rotates in the reverse direction of
the paper feeding direction.
Rear paper loading
Paper set in the Hopper is loaded in the printer by the LD Roller. The Hopper
and the Paper Back Lever which prevents the multi-feed, are driven by the
Cam moved by the LD Roller.
With the Change Slider not set in the ASF mode state, drive force of the PF
Pickup Roller
Motor is not transmitted to the Front Paper Loading Mechanism or the Rear Assy
Paper feeding
Paper Loading Mechanism. EJ Roller
Paper is fed by driving the PF Roller and the EJ Roller with the PF Motor in this state.
After printing on the front face, rotate the PF Roller and the EJ Roller in the PF Motor
Stacker
Auto duplex printing reverse direction of the paper feeding direction, pull back the paper to the
(paper reversing) Intermediate Roller of the Duplex Unit to reverse the paper, and transport the Photo Paper Cassette
Assy
paper until the leading edge is detected. Stacker Motor
Detect the BD Tray inserted from the front side of the printer by user with the Paper Cassette Assy
Printing on disk
PW Sensor, and perform printing by transporting the tray with the PF Roller
media
and the EJ Roller. Figure 1-12. Paper Loading/Feed Mechanism
If paper inserted from the rear side of the printer by a user is detected by the
Manual paper PE Sensor, paper is pulled in with the PF Roller and transported to the print
loading starting position. After printing, paper is transported with the PF Roller and
the EJ Roller.
Check the state of the Stacker before printing, and if the Stacker is closed,
drive the Stacker Motor and open the Stacker. State of the Stacker is detected
Stacker auto open
by the Stacker Open Sensor. See "1.5 Stacker Auto Open Mechanism
Operation Principles" (p 35) for details.

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 22

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.3.2 Paper Feed Path 1.3.2.2 Rear Paper Loading

Paper put on the Hopper is fed by the LD Roller and arrives at the PE Sensor
1.3.2.1 Front Paper Loading
position.
Paper loaded into the Paper Cassette is fed to the Intermediate Roller by the
Pick Up Roller Assy, and then arrives at the PE Sensor position. Then, after skew is corrected, printing on the paper is performed while the
paper is being fed by the PF Roller and EJ Roller.
Next, printing on the paper is performed while the paper is being fed by the PF
Roller and EJ Roller, and ejected to the Stacker. Hopper

Intermediate Roller
PE Sensor
Pickup Roller Assy

LD Roller

PF Roller

PE Sensor

PF Roller

Paper Cassette
EJ Roller

Figure 1-13. Paper feed path of front paper loading

EJ Roller

Figure 1-14. Paper feed path of rear paper loading

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 23

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.3.2.3 Printing on disk media 1.3.2.4 Paper Feed Path of Manual Paper Loading
For the printing on disk media, the printer tells the user to set the BD tray. For manual printing used for long paper or the like, preparation before printing
Then, after checking the BD tray is set, the printer pulls the tray into the inside. according to the guidance displayed on the panel is necessary. Remove the
Duplex Unit on the rear side of the printer, and attach the Edge Guide attached
If no problem is found after whether the medium is set or not is checked using
on the Duplex Unit.
the PW sensor*1, the printer pulls the BD tray into the rear side. After the BD
tray is set at the print start position, the tray is fed by the PF roller and EJ roller After attaching the Edge Guide, paper will automatically pulled into the printer
while printed. After the printing is completed, the BD tray is ejected from the with the PF Roller by inserting paper along the Edge Guide on the rear side of
front side of the printer. the printer according to the guidance displayed on the panel. After transporting
paper to the printing start position, the printing is performed while paper is
transported with the PF Roller and the EJ Roller.

PF Roller Edge Guide

PE Sensor
BD Tray PF Roller

EJ Roller
EJ Roller

Figure 1-15. Paper feed path of when printing on disk media Figure 1-16. Paper feed path of manual paper loading

*1. See "1.1.7 List of Motor and Sensor" (p 17) for the position of the PW sensor.

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 24

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.3.2.5 Paper Loading Path for Duplex Printing

When printing on one side is finished, the printer waits for the ink on the one
side to dry keeping the paper nipped between the EJ Roller and Driven Roller.
After a predetermined drying time has passed, the PF Roller and EJ Roller are
rotated in the reverse direction to pull the paper inside the Duplex unit. When
the leading edge of the paper is detected by the PE Sensor, skew is corrected,
and then printing on the back side is performed.

Intermediate Roller PE Sensor

EJ Roller

PF Roller

Figure 1-17. Paper feed path for auto duplex printing (back side printing)

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 25

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.3.3 Operation Principle

1.3.3.1 Drive Path
Duplex printing unit system
PF Motor drive force is transmitted to the PF Roller and the EJ Roller, then
Rear paper loading system
from the PF Roller to Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism. The drive path of
the Paper Loading Mechanism is divided into three systems: the duplex
printing unit system (p 27), the front paper loading system (p 28), and the rear
paper loading system (p 29).

DRIVE PATH FROM PF MOTOR TO PF ROLLER/EJ ROLLER

PF Motor drive force is transmitted to the PF Roller and the EJ Roller via PF
Front paper
Belt. loading system

PF Motor PF Roller

PF Motor
EJ Roller
PF Belt

PF Roller EJ Roller
PF Encoder PF Roller PF Belt EJ Roller

Figure 1-18. Drive Path From PF Motor to PF Roller/EJ Roller (1)

PF Motor PF Belt Tensioner

Figure 1-19. Drive Path From PF Motor to PF Roller/EJ Roller (2)

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 26

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

DRIVE PATH FROM PF ROLLER TO INTERMEDIATE ROLLER

(DUPLEX PRINTING UNIT SYSTEM)
The Intermediate Roller always rotates in the paper feed direction because of the one
way clutch, regardless of the PF Roller rotational direction. PF Motor
The one way clutch is consist of the sun gear, the external gear (x2) on both sides of the
sun gear, and the planetary gear (x5 each) inside the external gear. When the sun gear
rotates, either one of the external gears idle being disengaged from the planetary gears, PF Roller

while the external gear on the other side rotates being engaged with the planetary gears.
In this way, the one way clutch is designed to rotate either one of the two external gears
One Way
at a time, and which one to rotate depends on the rotational direction of the sun gear. Clutch

Combination
PF Roller (spur gear 12) gear DE

Spur gear 21.6

Combination gear DE

Spur gear
Intermediate Roller

One way clutch

Sun gear
Spur gear duplex
Planetary gear (x5) Planetary gear (x5) Spur gear
Spur gear 21.6

External gear B (Full side) External gear A (Home side) Structure of one way clutch Rotational direction of sun gear and motion
of external gear seen from home side
Sun gear
Sun gear
Spur gear 21.6 Spur gear 21.6 External
gear A Clockwise Counterclockwise

Spur gear 21.6 External

gear B
Idle Rotate
External
Spur gear duplex gear B External
gear A
Planetary gear Rotate Idle
Intermediate Roller

Figure 1-20. Drive Path From PF Roller to Intermediate Roller (1) Figure 1-21. Drive Path From PF Roller to Intermediate Roller (2)

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 27

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Drive Path From PF Roller to Pickup Roller (Front Paper Loading System) The one way clutch implements control so that the Pick Up Roller rotates only in the
paper-loading direction. That principle and composition are basically the same as the
If the Pickup Roller is always driven by the PF Motor, it continues feeding
one way clutch used in the drive path up to the Intermediate Roller (p 27). For that
paper without stopping regardless of the progress of printing on the previous
sheet. To prevent this, the Change Slider interrupts the motor drive to the reason, when the PF Motor rotates in the opposite direction to the paper feed, the Pick
Pickup Roller when it needs to stop. Up Roller will not rotate even if the drive force is in a state to be transmitted by the
While the Pick up Roller needs to move, the Change Slider is pulled toward the Change Slider.
opposite side of the carriage home with the Tension Spring. The transmission
gear interlocked with the Slider Trans engages with the Pick up Roller driving Holder Cam
Drive force of PF Motor is shut down
gear (one way clutch) that moves the Pickup Roller, and changes to “ASF Assy
mode” which transmit the drive force to the Pick up Roller.
If the CR Unit pushes the Change Slider to the 0 digit side, the transmission Pickup Drive Shaft
gear disengages from the one way clutch. As a result, the driving force of the
PF Motor is shut down (“ASF mode” finishes). The CR Unit cannot stay at the
position because it needs to move for printing. Therefore, instead of the CR
Unit, the Change Slider’s disengaged status is kept by the cam of the Holder
Cam Assy during printing.

PF Roller (spur gear 12)

Spur gear DE
(Change Slider)
Combination gear DE Pickup Drive Shaft
Combination gear DE
Spur gear DE (Change Slider) Spur gear 22B
CR Unit
One way clutch
Spur gear 22
External gear One way clutch
External gear
Planetary gear (x3) Spur gear 22B Planetary
gear
Spur gear 22
Sun gear Spur gear 22
Spur gear 28

PF Roller
Spur gear 28 Pickup Roller Sun gear
Spur gear 22B

Figure 1-22. Drive Path From PF Roller to Pickup Roller (1) Pickup Roller

Figure 1-23. Drive Path From PF Roller to Pickup Roller (2)

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 28

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

DRIVE PATH FROM PF ROLLER TO LD ROLLER (REAR PAPER

LOADING SYSTEM)
Hopper
When the PF Roller rotates in paper feed reverse direction with the Change
Slider in “ASF mode” state, the Holder Planet Assy engages with the spur gear
32 of the Rear ASF Unit with drive force of the PF Roller and the LD Roller
rotates. (Pickup Roller does not rotate at this time (p 28).)
Even if the Change Slider is in “ASF mode” state, when the PF Roller rotates
in the paper feed direction, the Holder Planet Assy and spur gear 32 of the Rear
ASF Unit are disengaged, and the LD Roller does not rotate. Combination
gear 1
Spur gear 32
PF Roller (spur gear 12)
LD Roller
Combination gear DE Spur gear 44 Spur gear 18.4
Spur gear 13.6a

Spur gear DE (Change Slider) Combination gear 39.2-13.6

Holder Planet Assy
Combination gear DE Holder Planet
Assy
One way clutch PF Roller
Spur gear 32
External gear Spur gear 44

Spur gear DE (Change Slider)

Combination gear 1
One way clutch Spur gear 13.6a
Spur gear 13.6a
Spur gear 13.6a PF Roller: paper feed direction PF Roller: paper feed reverse direction

Combination gear 39.2-13.6 LD Roller (spur gear 18.4)

Figure 1-24. Drive Path From PF Roller to LD Roller (1)

According to the rotation direction of the PF Roller, the Holder Planet Assy
moves and changes the drive force transmission.

Figure 1-25. Drive Path From PF Roller to LD Roller (2)

Operating Principles Paper Loading/Feeding Mechanism 29

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.4 Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle Waste Ink Tube (to Waste Ink Tray)
Porous Pad
1.4.1 Overview Carriage Lock Lever
1.4.1.1 Mechanical Configuration Venting Valve

The Ink System Mechanism of this product employs the direct acting type*1 Pump Unit
and consists of the Carriage Lock Mechanism, Wiper Mechanism, Capping Cap
Mechanism, and Pump Mechanism.
All the mechanisms are driven by the PF Motor. The drive force of the PF
Motor is transmitted to each mechanism via transmission parts, such as the
pump-drive compound gear, clutch gear, and cam.
Additionally, this product utilize a user-replaceable Maintenance Box (waste
Wiper
ink pad) that retains waste ink from the cap.

Ink Tank
Pump-drive
CR Lock Mechanism compound gear
Link Lever
Printhead
Bottom Intermittent gear Wiper Drive Lever

Capping Mechanism Clutch gear

Pump Mechanism

Wiper Mechanism

Maintenance Box
(Waste Ink Tank)

Wiper Holder
Figure 1-26. Ink system mechanism (simplified model)
Wiper/Cap-drive Cam

*1. There are two types of the capping: sliding type and direct acting type. In the sliding type, the Printhead is capped (the
cap is moved up) when the CR pushes the cap slider. In the direct acting type, the cap moves up and down inde-
pendently of the CR and caps the Printhead. Figure 1-27. Ink System Mechanism

Operating Principles Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle 30

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.4.1.2 Cleaning 1.4.1.3 Controlling Waste Ink

Clogging of nozzles on the Printhead occurs due to air bubbles generated inside absorbed amount exceeds the limit of the waste ink pad, leakage of the waste
the ink path of the Printhead, or an increase in ink viscosity caused by drying of ink can occur. To prevent this, the printer firmware has a counter to counts the
ink. To prevent the clogging or clean the clogged nozzles, various types of waste ink amount taking evaporation into account, The count value is retained
cleaning (CL) are performed at different times as described in the table below. in the Maintenance Box CSIC and in the EEPROM.
Table 1-4. Printhead cleanings Another waste ink produced by borderless printing is absorbed by absorbers
CL Type Purpose Explanation attached on the Paper Guide Front and the rear side of the printer. For the
borderless printing, the printer makes an image slightly expand all the way to
Performed after the printer is powered at the
Initial ink charge To fill the head with ink
first time.
the edge of the paper, therefore, the image edge portions not printed on paper
must be absorbed. the printer also have the counter for this waste ink amount.
Timer cleaning To eject bigger air bubbles inside Performed according to the printing time
(TCL)*1 the Printhead and time elapsed since the last cleaning.
Paper Guide Lower
To restore a proper convex Main suction*3 (short) → Wiping*4 → Cap Bridge Porous Pad Porous Pad C
CL1 meniscus of ink at the tip of suction*5 → Small amount suction*6 → Cap
nozzles suction

Manual Main suction (middle) → Wiping → Cap Paper Guide Lower

To eject air bubbles inside the Paper Guide Lower
cleaning CL2 suction → Small amount suction → Cap Porous Pad B
Printhead Porous Pad D
(MCL)*2 suction

Main suction (long) → Wiping → Cap

To eject air bubbles inside the
CL3*7 suction → Small amount suction → Cap
ink supply nozzles
suction

To prevent ink leakage from the Sucks out ink pooling inside the cap due to
Regular cap suction
cap head flushing operations or the like.
To prevent ink inside nonused
The Printhead is controlled to fire ink
Flushing nozzles from increasing its
droplets from the nozzles periodically.
viscosity

*1. To save ink, the time between the timer cleanings is becoming longer on the most newer printers. This is achieved by
adopting the plastic that have the function to suppress the growth of air bubbles inside the Printhead and by improving
in shape of the ink supply nozzles.
*2. When carrying out manual cleaning, CL1 → CL2 → CL3 are automatically selected and performed in order. Howev-
Maintenance Box
er, in the following conditions, they may not be carried out in this order.
(EX) : CL3 may change to CL2 depending on the ink remaining quantity and conditions of maintenance counter and
others.
: If the interval between cleaning is more than a specified period, then this may not be counted as continuous. Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A
*3. “Main suction” is a suction operation that sucks up ink from cartridges to the Printhead, and at the same time, sucks
out air bubbles inside the Printhead and thick ink inside the nozzles. IS Lower Porous Pad A/B
*4. “Wiping” removes ink attached to the Printhead nozzle surface.
*5. “Cap suction” is a suction operation that sucks ink out of the cap.
*6. “Small amount suction” is a suction operation performed to eject tiny air bubbles from the Printhead. Ink amount
Figure 1-28. Position of Waste Ink Pad for Borderless Printing
sucked by this operation is less than that by the “Main suction”.
*7. Some off-carriage type printers use a choke valve mechanism to perform the cleaning.
If each counter reaches its limit, a maintenance error occurs and replacement of
the maintenance box and counter reset will be required.

Operating Principles Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle 31

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.4.2 Operating Principles

Side of Inksystem Bottom of Inksystem
1.4.2.1 Drive Path Combination
Spur gear DE Wiper/Cap-drive
gear DE Cam
The Ink System Mechanism is driven by the PF Motor. The following PF Roller
describes the drive path.
2 1 Clutch gear/
The drive force of the PF Motor is transmitted to the Ink System Mechanism
intermittent gear
only when the change lever is in the ink system drive position. At this time, the
drive force of the PF Motor is transmitted to the Pump-drive Compound Gear 3
via the PF Roller, Guide Gear, and spur gear DE. 4

The rotation of the Pump-drive Compound Gear drives the Pump Unit and is Pump-drive Wiper/Cap-drive
????/???????? Intermittent
Clutch gear
transmitted to the Wiper/Cap-drive Cam and intermittent gear via the clutch compound gear Cam gear
gear. The rotation of the Wiper/Cap-drive Cam moves up and down the Cap
and Wiper, sets and releases the carriage lock, and opens and closes the
Venting Valve via the Drive Levers for each mechanism. Spur gear DE on
Change Lever
The following table lists the relationship between the operation of each
mechanism and rotation direction of the PF Motor.
Combination gear DE
Table 1-5. Rotation Direction of PF Motor and Operation of Ink System
Rotation direction of PF Motor
Mechanism
CW CCW
Wiper Down Up (wiping position)
Cap Down Up (capping)
Pump Release Suction
CR lock Down (carriage lock released) Up (carriage lock set)
Venting Valve Open Closed
The rotation of the Wiper/Cap-drive Cam moves up or down the drive levers Ink System
for each mechanism. When the levers for each mechanism reach the upper end
or lower end, the drive force of the PF Motor is cut by the clutch gear and PF Roller
intermittent gear.
Then, when the rotation direction of the PF Motor is reversed, the clutch is on,
the rotation direction of the Wiper/Cap-drive Cam is reversed, and the drive
levers for each mechanism move inversely. PF Motor

This prevents mechanisms except the pump mechanism from driving while the
PF Motor rotates continuously to drive the Pump Mechanism. Figure 1-29. Drive Path

Operating Principles Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle 32

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.4.2.2 Operation of Each Mechanism 1.4.2.2.2 Capping Mechanism

1.4.2.2.1 Pump Mechanism The direct acting type is employed in the Capping Mechanism, where the cap is
The Pump Mechanism sucks ink from the Printhead at cleaning. moved up and down by the PF Motor and the Printhead is capped at the suction
for cleaning.
The drive force from the pump-drive compound gear is transmitted to the pump
shaft via the timing plate. This timing plate allows the pump-drive compound gear The PF Motor rotates the Wiper/Cap-drive Cam to move up and down the cap
to start rotating at the different timing from the pump shaft. After the PF Motor drive lever to cap the Printhead.
rotates for a while, the pump unit starts its operation.
When the PF Motor rotates CCW as seen from the output-shaft side of the motor, Printhead Cap down Cap up
the drive force via the pump-drive compound gear rotates the pump pulley to flatten
the tube to suck the air (to generate negative pressure) inside the tube. When the PF Cap
Motor rotates CW, the pump pulley does not flatten the tube, and the negative
pressure is released.
Cap drive lever
PF Motor CCW rotation (suction) PF Motor CW rotation (release)

Rotates flattening
the tube.

Rotates without
flattening the tube.
Wiper/Cap-drive
Cam
Pump Unit structure Wiper/cap-drive cam (side of 0-digit side)
Pump pulley

Pump cam The cam face of the wiper/

cap-drive cam (yellow part)
Pump shaft moves up and down the cap
drive lever.
Pump frame Pump-drive
compound gear
Pump tube
Pump plate Figure 1-31. Capping Mechanism Operation
Timing plate

Figure 1-30. Pump Mechanism Operation

Operating Principles Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle 33

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.4.2.2.3 Carriage Lock Mechanism 1.4.2.2.4 Wiper Mechanism and Venting Valve
The tension of the compression spring at the bottom of the carriage lock moves The rotation of the wiper/cap-drive cam drives the wiper mechanism. The rota-
up the carriage lock. When the carriage lock drive lever pushes the carriage tion of the wiper/cap-drive cam moves the salient of the wiper drive lever along
lock downward, the carriage lock is released. the cam groove of the wiper/cap-drive cam to move the wiper holder up and
Since the carriage lock drive lever moves up and down together with the cap down.
drive lever, the carriage lock also operates together with the movement of the When the wiper is up, the wiper drive lever releases the link lever and the
cap. This means that the Printhead nozzle surface is always capped when the venting valve is closed by the tension of the compression spring. When the
carriage lock is set. wiper is down, the wiper drive lever pushes the link lever to open the venting
valve.
Lever down Printhead Lever up
Wiper down Wiper up

Carriage lock Valve: Closed Link lever

Valve: Open Tube
(vented) (connected to cap)

Compression
spring

Link lever

Tube Wiper
(connected to cap)
Wiper
Holder
Cap drive lever Compression Carriage lock
spring drive lever

Wiper/Cap-drive
Cam

Wiper drive
Figure 1-32. Carriage Lock Mechanism Operation lever

Wiper/Cap-drive
Wiper/Cap-drive Cam (side of 80-digit side) Cam

The rotation of the wiper/cap drive cam

moves the salient of the wiper drive
lever along the cam groove of the
wiper/cap-drive cam (yellow part) to
move the wiper holder up and down.

Figure 1-33. Wiper Mechanism and Venting Valve

Operating Principles Ink System Mechanism Operation Principle 34

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.5 Stacker Auto Open Mechanism Operation Principles

1.5.1 Overview Stacker Open Sensor
This printer is equipped with Stacker Auto Open Mechanism, and if the Stacker
is not opened when start printing, the Stacker is opened automatically. Also, if
the Stacker is opened when turning off the printer, the Stacker is automatically
closed.
Stacker Auto Open Mechanism is driven by drive force of the Stacker Motor
and controlled by the Stacker Encoder.
State of the Stacker is detected by the Stacker Open Sensor turning ON/OFF
with the movement of the Stacker.

Stacker Encoder
Stacker Open Sensor Stacker Motor Stacker Encoder

Stacker
Stacker Motor

Figure 1-35. Stacker Auto Open Mechanism (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Stacker

Figure 1-34. Stacker Auto Open Mechanism (ET-8500/L8160 Series)

Operating Principles Stacker Auto Open Mechanism Operation Principles 35

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1.5.2 Operation Principles

Drive path from the Stacker Motor to the Stacker drive gear is as follows. the
Stacker moves in the opening direction when the Stacker Motor rotates in the
Stacker drive gear Combination gear 13.5-22.1
CCW direction seen from the output shaft side, and the Stacker moves in the
closing direction when the Stacker Motor rotates in the CW direction.
With the clutch gear in the middle of the drive path, resistance of when users
manually moved the Stacker is reduced. Spur gear 12a

ET-8500/L8160 SERIES

Pinion gear of Stacker Motor

Stacker
Combination gear 9.5-14.1b Stacker Motor
Spur gear 20

Stacker Combination gear 9.5-14.1b

Combination gear 9.5-14.1 combination gear Spur gear 1
Combination gear 9.5-14.1
Clutch gear
Spur gear 1

Clutch gear
Figure 1-37. Drive Path (2)

Combination gear 13.5-22.1

Stacker combination gear

Spur gear 20

Spur gear 12a Stacker drive gear

Figure 1-36. Drive Path (1)

Operating Principles Stacker Auto Open Mechanism Operation Principles 36

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

ET-8550/L8180 SERIES

Pinion gear of Stacker Motor

Stacker worm gear Stacker combination

gear SU

Stacker combination gear

Stacker

Stacker combination gear

Combination
gear 13.5-22.1
Spur gear EG
Clutch gear Clutch gear

Stacker
combination gear
Combination gear 13.5-22.1

Combination gear 13.5-22.1 Stacker worm gear Stacker Motor

Stacker combination gear SU

Spur gear EG
Figure 1-39. Drive Path (2)
Figure 1-38. Drive Path (1)

Operating Principles Stacker Auto Open Mechanism Operation Principles 37

Confidential
 CHAPTER

2
TROUBLESHOOTING

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.1 Troubleshooting  " Workflow when the Power is ON (Printer) (p40)"

 " Workflow for Scanner Errors when the Power is ON (p43)"
This section describes the troubleshooting workflow and fatal error
information.  " Workflow for Errors when Printing Starts (p44)"

2.1.1 Troubleshooting Workflow

The following page describes the troubleshooting workflow. Follow the flow
when troubleshooting problems.

 This flowchart is compiled based on the following

contents.
• Our experience regarding the quality problem.
• ESK’s repair data.
• Printer Mechanism specification for the product.
 If the reason for the return is evident, first check the
phenomenon user claims recurs, then proceed to the
troubleshooting.
 If the Scanner error is the reason for the return, since the
printer may be the cause of the error, check the Fatal
Error Code history saved in the EEPROM with the
adjustment program before starting the troubleshooting.

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 39
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A
2.1.1.1 Workflow when the Power is ON (Printer)

 Fatal Errors may occur during the Mechanism operation. When an error occurred other
than the timing shown below, check the Mechanism for other causes.
Power on (printer)  See "2.1.1.2 Workflow for Scanner Errors when the Power is ON (p43)" since the scanner
operates during the power-on sequence of the printer.

Blowout of a fuse of the Main Board  Check disconnection, breakage, slant connection, or damage contact of the Head
Yes Yes FFC.
Error?*1 031006
Error  Replace the Printhead.
 Replace the Main Board.

031006
No
No

Detects abnormality of the Head Thermistor.  Check disconnection, breakage, slant connection, or damage contact of the Head
FFC.
031004 Yes
Error  Replace the Printhead.
 Replace the Main Board.

No 031004

Paper Jam
 Paper jam  Check if the PE Sensor is broken, or its cable is disconnected, broken or connected
Yes  PE Sensor adjustment value abnormality at an angle.
Paper jam
 Replace the Main Board.

Paper jammed in the Back Side or

No inside.

If occurs repeatedly Next

Maintenance error Replace the Maintenance Box.

Yes
Maintenance error

No xxxxxx

Stop

Release CR Lock

Error? Yes Yes 1. PF Motor did not rotate. (Error Code: 000041) 1. Disconnection of the PF Motor Connector, load is too large for the paper feed
Fatal error occurred?
2. PF Motor rotated too fast. (Error Code: 000041) mechanism.
3. PF Motor rotated. (Error Code: 000043) 2. Replace the PF Encoder FFC.
No 3. Replace the PF Motor.
No
Common: Replace the Main Board.
xxxxxx
Seeks home position Stop

Note “*1”: Mechanism does not operate yet.

A (p 41)

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 40
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

A (p 40)

Paper Jam
CR did not function.  Remove the tape securing the CR if the error occurs when the printer is powered on
for the first time.
Yes No  Check whether the CR Lock is released. If not, the PF Motor or the Ink system is
Error? CR moves?
broken.
Paper jammed in the Back Side or  Check the mechanical load of the CR manually, and check the Ink system also.
inside.

Next
 CR Motor disconnect, replace the cable.
If occurs repeatedly
No Yes  Replace the CR Motor.
 Replace the Main Board.

Yes
CR stopped 1. Fatal Error (Error Code: 000025) 1. Check whether any obstacle exists in the CR motion range.
2. Fatal Error (Error Code:000023 [Stops with noises.]) 2. Check whether any problem occurred to the CR Lock and Ink System.
3. Fatal Error (Error Code: 000031) 3. Check if the Timing Belt is loose.
No 4. Clean or replace the CR Scale.
xxxxxx 5. Replace the Main Board.
Paper ejection*2 Stop

Paper Jam
PE Sensor detected paper presence  Check if any obstacle exists in the Paper Path. Remove it if any.
Yes Yes Note PF Motor rotates for a while (longer than normal), and then the error occurs.  Check PE Sensor FFC disconnection/breakage, or replace the FFC.
Error? Paper jam
 Replace the PE Sensor.
 Replace the Main Board.
Paper jammed in the Back Side or
No No inside.

If occurs repeatedly Next

CR reciprocation*3 Stop

Information
Transportation Lock is in the transportation position. Set the Transportation Lock to the printing position.
Message about the Yes
transportation lock? Transportation lock is in the
transporting position.
Set it to the printing position.

How to... Done

No
Cancel

Paper Jam
Paper jam error occurred.  Check if there is any obstacle in the CR motion range.
Yes Yes
Error? CR error  Check if the CR Motor gets stuck somewhere when moved by hand.
 Check if any heavy load exists in the CR motion range.
Note Perform the corresponding repair.
Paper jammed in th
the
he Back Side or
inside.
No No
If occurs repeatedly Next

B (p 42) Stop Fatal Error of CR system occurred.  Check if there is any obstacle in the CR motion range.
 Check if the CR Motor gets stuck somewhere when moved by hand.
 Check if any heavy load exists in the CR motion range.
Note Perform the corresponding repair.
xxxxxx

Note “*2”: Performed if an abnormality occurred the last time the printer was powered off.
“*3”: CR Unit reciprocates two times quickly when environmental temperature is lower than 5°C or when initial charge is not performed yet.

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 41
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

<Message> Refill the ink tank, then select the refilled color on the panel to reset the ink counter.
B (p 41) Fill ink tank(s) with ink up to the upper line.
→Select the color(s) you refilled.

Ink System operation

Maintenance Error Replace the Maintenance Box.

<Message>
Yes Yes Maintenance Box is at the end of its service life.
Error? Ink error
xxxxxx

No No

CR Lock
Stop

Mechanism operation finish

Wi-Fi Board is broken.  Check the connection of the Wi-Fi Board.

Yes Yes  Replace the Wi-Fi Board.
202620
Error?*4
Error

202620
No No

Stop Note “*4”: Occurs five to six seconds after the completion of the mechanism operation.

END

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 42
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A
2.1.1.2 Workflow for Scanner Errors when the Power is ON

 The scanner initial operation and the printer

Power on (SCN)
initialization are performed in parallel when the power is
turned on.
Detects Home position*1  Depending on the error type, a scanner error may occur
after the printer was repaired because some of the printer
error indications have higher priority (and vice versa).
Moves to starting position for  For repair, replace the Scanner Unit.
white standard pattern reading*1  Measurement failure does not occur when turning the
power on. The measurement sequence occurs when
entering the power saving mode.

Yes 100016 Yes Home position detection error 1. Turn the power on with the Document Cover opened.
Error?
Error  SCN CR cannot move to the home position because load is too large. 2. Check if the CIS moves to the left to read the white standard/home patterns.
 CIS is broken (cannot read the white standard pattern and home position pattern). 3. Check if the emission color of the CIS is white (not greenish, reddish, or bluish).
If the light does not look like white, check the SCN FFC for damage, disconnection
No
No or skew.
100016 4. Replace the SCN Unit with a new one.
Reads white standard
pattern*2 5. Replace the Main Board with a new one.

Yes 100017 Yes

Error? Error Contact detection distance exceeded 1. Turn the power on with the Document Cover opened.
 Contact detection to the right side has not been completed properly. 2. Check if the SCN CR reaches (comes in contact with) the right side.
No  Wheel Train of the Drive Mechanism is detached or broken. 3. Check the Wheel Train of the Drive Mechanism for damage.
No
 SCN Motor Wheel Train is detached or broken. 4. Check the SCN FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
5. Replace the SCN Unit with a new one.
Moves to the position for 100017
reading home position*2 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.

Yes 100032 Yes

Error?
Error LED light lighting failure 1. Check the color of the LED at power-on.
 SCN FFC disconnection, breakage, slant connection, or damaged contact (CN70). 2. Check the scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
No No  CIS is broken. 3. Replace the SCN Unit with a new one.
4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
Reads home position*2 Stop
100032

Note “*1”: CIS does not light up.

END “*2”: CIS lights in greenish white.

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 43
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A
2.1.1.3 Workflow for Errors when Printing Starts

Start

Paper feed variable

initialization, paper feed
preparation

Paper feed

 Paper out in the Paper Cassette or the Rear Tray  Refill paper to the Paper Cassette and set the cassette back in place fully.
Yes Yes  The leading edge cannot be detected with the PE Sensor in the range of the  PE Sensor/PW Sensor FFC disconnected, breakage, slant connection, damaged
Error? Paper Out
standard movement. contact.
 Replace the PE Sensor/PW Sensor.
No  Replace the Main Board.
No

Start Print
 Paper jam occurred in the path until the PE Sensor.  Remove the foreign objects.
Yes Paper Jam
Paper jam (1)  PE Sensor, PW Sensor error  PE Sensor/PW Sensor FFC disconnection, breakage, slant connection, damaged
 CR system Fatal Error contact.
 Replace the PE Sensor/PW Sensor.
Paper jammed in th
the
he Back Side or
No inside.  Troubleshoot and repair the CR system Fatal Error.
If occurs repeatedly Next  Replace the Main Board.

Paper Jam
Paper jam occurred while reversing paper or backside ejecting during paper feeding of  Remove the foreign objects.
Paper jam (2) (3) Yes
duplex printing.  Replace the Duplex Unit.

No Paper jammed in the Back Side or

inside.

If occurs repeatedly Next

Stop

Yes  Fatal Error: Head temperature error (031004) 1. Check the Head FFC state.
Message?  Fatal Error: Head Hot error (before printing) (031001) 2. Replace the Printhead.
 Fatal Error: Head Hot error (after flushing) (031002) 3. Replace the Main Board.

No Note Head Hot error does not occur when the signals do not flow fully because part or all of the Note Check the procedure in order.
xxxxxx
contact of FFC is covered by foreign objects or the like.

Print

END

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 44
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.2 Power-On Sequence CR Unit/PF Roller

Operation*1 movement and
This section describes the power-on sequences as reference for troubleshooting. position*2
The preconditions are as follows. 4-3.The PF Motor rotates clockwise to completely release the CR Lock.

 Condition: Power-on sequence (See Table2-1)

 No error occurred when you turned on the printer last time and it has been
correctly turned off. 4-4.The CR Unit moves to the home position quickly.
 Initial ink charge was done and every tank has sufficient ink.
 No paper on the paper path.
 The Printhead is capped. 4-5.The distance from the position where the CR Unit touched to the
 The Carriage is normally fixed by the CR Lock. Right Frame is regarded as the standard distance from the origin
 Maintenance error recovery has never been performed. position, and the home position is fixed. From then on, the CR Unit
 The valve is opened (the Valve Cam Lever is tilted toward the rear). position is monitored according to the signals from the CR Encoder.
4-6.The CR Unit moves to the home position slowly.
Table 2-1. Normal Power-on Sequence

CR Unit/PF Roller
Operation*1 movement and 5. Low temperature operation sequence*4
position*2 5-1.The CR Unit moves back and forth quickly to near the left frame
two times.
1. Checking fuse on the Printhead
1-1.Checks if the fuse on the Printhead circuit boards is blown.*3
CR Unit

6. APG Shift Operation

APG Lever CR Lock
6-1.The CR Unit moves to near the left frame quickly.
2. Checking for waste ink overflow
2-1.Checks the waste ink counter if the waste ink overflow is occurring.
6-2.The PF Motor rotates counterclockwise to set the APG Lever.

3. Releasing the CR Lock

3-1.The PF Motor rotates clockwise and releases the CR Lock.
6-3.The CR Unit moves to the 0-digit side slowly to set PG from PG
Typ. to PG +.

4. Seeking the home position

4-1.The CR Unit moves to the 0-digit side slowly and confirms it
touches the Right Frame. 6-4.The CR Unit is in APG Reset Standby position (approximately 20
mm towards the 80-digit side).

4-2.The CR Unit moves to the 80-digit side slowly and stops near the
right side of the Paper Guide Front Assy (1st dot printing position)
and confirms it does not touch the foreign material, such as 6-5.The PF Motor rotates clockwise to reset the APG Lever.
remaining paper. At the same time, confirms that the transportation
valve is in the proper position (the confirmation of the movement of
the valve is only checked around the HP).

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 45

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

CR Unit/PF Roller CR Unit/PF Roller

Operation*1 movement and Operation*1 movement and
position*2 position*2
6-6.The CR Unit moves to the set position quickly (approximately 25 7. CR lock setting
mm towards the Home side). 7-1.The CR Unit moves to its home position.

6-7.The PF Motor rotates counterclockwise to set the APG Lever. 7-2.Rotate the PF Motor counterclockwise to set the CR Lock.

6-8.The CR Unit moves to the 0-digit side slowly to set PG from PG+ to
Note *1: The rotation directions of the PF Motor are as follows.
PG -.
Clockwise: Paper is fed normally
Counterclockwise: Paper is fed backward
*2: The conditions of the CR lock and the APG lever are as follows.
6-9.The CR Unit moves to the set position quickly.
•CR lock
Red: CR Lock is set
White: CR Lock is released
•APG Lever
6-10.The PF Motor rotates clockwise to reset the APG Lever.
Red: APG Lever is set (PG can be changed)
White: APG Lever is reset
*3: The fatal error occurs if there is a problem such as the fuse blew.
6-11.The CR Unit moves to the APG reset stand-by position. *4: Executed when the detected temperature is under 5°C (41°F) by the thermistor on the
Printhead.

6-12.The PF Motor rotates counterclockwise to set the APG Lever.

6-13.The CR Unit moves to the 0-digit side slowly to set PG from PG -

to PG Typ.

6-14.The CR Unit moves to the APG reset stand-by position.

6-15.The PF Motor rotates clockwise to reset the APG Lever.

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 46

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3 Fatal Error Code List 2.3.2 Fatal Error Code

This section describes the fatal error code and the possible cause for this
This section describes how to check the fatal error code, description, and the
product.
possible causes.
 " Scanner (p48)"
2.3.1 Displaying the Fatal Error Code  " Printer (CR) (p52)"
The fatal error code is stored in the EEPROM on the Main Board and can be  " Printer (PF) (p55)"
read out using the Adjustment Program. When a fatal error occurs, this product
displays the fatal error code automatically on the panel LCD.  " Printer (Stacker) (p57)"
 " Printer (PW/PE Sensor) (p59)"
LCD display screen
 " Printer (Head/CSIC) (p60)"
 " Printer (Others) (p61)"
 " System Error (p61)"

031006 ADF related errors are included in the scanner fatal error
list.
Error code

Figure 2-1. Indication of the fatal error code

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 47

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.1 Scanner
Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 The Scanner CR could not return to its home. 1. With the ADF Unit or the Document Cover opened, turn the power on.
1. Damage or disengaging of wheel train of the drive mechanism 2. Check if the CIS moves to the right to read the white standard/home
2. Disengaging, fraying, jumping of the timing belt patterns.
 Failed to read the white standard/home patterns. 3. Check if the CIS’s emission color is white (not greenish, reddish, or
100016 HP detection failure 3. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Scanner FFC bluish).
4. Failure of the CIS Module If the light does not look like white, check the Scanner FFC for damage,
disconnection or skew.
5. Failure of the scanner housing
4. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
6. Failure of the Main Board
5. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 The Scanner CR cannot completely reach the home (right side). 1. With the ADF Unit or the Document Cover opened, turn the power on.
1. Damage or disengaging of wheel train of the drive mechanism 2. Check if the CIS (Scanner CR) reaches (comes in contact with) the right
 Failed to read the Scanner Encoder side.
Contact detection distance
100017 2. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC 3. Check the wheel train of the drive mechanism for damage.
exceeded
3. Failure of the CIS Module 4. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
4. Failure of the scanner housing 5. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
5. Failure of the Main Board 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 The Scanner CR cannot completely reach the opposite side of the home 1. With the Document Cover opened, turn the power on.
(right side) 2. Check if the CIS (CR) reaches (comes in contact with) the right side.
1. Damage or disengaging of wheel train of the drive mechanism 3. Check the wheel train of the drive mechanism for damage. Main Board
Opposite side contact CN11
 Failed to read the Scanner Encoder 4. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
100018 detection distance exceeded CN72
2. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC 5. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
error
3. Failure of the CIS Module 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
4. Failure of the scanner housing
5. Failure of the Main Board
1. Failure of the CIS Module 1. Check the connector of the SCN Motor.
2. Failure of the scanner housing (Including wrong attachment of the origin 2. Check the cable/FFC of the SCN Motor.
Wrong contact detection mark) 3. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
100019
distance error 3. Failure of the Main Board 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
4. Failure of the Scanner FFC or connection of the Scanner FFC
5. Failure of the SCN Motor or connection of the SCN Motor Cable
 Overload of the Scanner drive mechanism 1. Check if the CIS (Scanner CR) moves or not.
 Failure of the SCN Motor 1. Check the wheel train of the drive mechanism for damage.
100020 Measurement error
2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the CIS LED light (RGB) 1. Check the color of the LED at power-on.
1. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Scanner FFC 2. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
100032 LED light failure
2. Failure of the CIS Module 3. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
3. Failure of the Main Board 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 48

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 Failed to read the Scanner Encoder 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. Contamination of the Scanner Scale 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
2. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
100065 FB PID excess speed error
3. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
 Failure of the Scanner Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Operation failure of the SCN Motor 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the
scanner drive gears
100066 FB PID reverse error
 Failed to read the Scanner Encoder
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale
3. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC
4. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
5. Failure of the Main Board
 The SCN Motor did not run 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one. Main Board
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one. CN11
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the CN72
scanner drive gears
100067 FB PID lock error  Failed to read the Scanner Encoder
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale
3. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC
4. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
5. Failure of the SCN Motor
6. Failure of the Main Board
 The SCN Motor did not run 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the
scanner drive gears
FB PID acceleration lock  Failed to read the Scanner Encoder
100068
error
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale
3. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC
4. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
5. Failure of the SCN Motor
6. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 49

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 The SCN Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the
scanner motor gears
100069 FB PID excess load error  Failed to read the Scanner Encoder
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale
3. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Scanner FFC
4. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
5. Failure of the SCN Motor (not completely broken).
6. Failure of the Main Board
1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
100070 FB PID driving time error Malfunction or crash of the firmware
2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
 Failed to read the Scanner Encoder 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. Contamination of the Scanner Scale 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
2. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
100073 FB BS+ excess speed error
3. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
 Failure of the Scanner Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
Main Board
 Operation failure of the SCN Motor 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew. CN11
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one. CN72
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the
scanner drive gears
100074 FB BS+ reverse error  Failed to read the Scanner Encoder
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale
3. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC
4. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
5. Failure of the Main Board
 The SCN Motor did not run 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the
scanner drive gears
100075 FB BS+ lock error  Failed to read the Scanner Encoder
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale
3. Damage or skew of the Scanner FFC
4. Failure of the Scanner Encoder
5. Failure of the SCN Motor
6. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 50

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 The SCN Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check the Scanner FFC for damage, disconnection or skew.
1. The scanning operation was stopped by; 2. Replace the Scanner Unit with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner CR 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
• Disengaging of the Scanner Motor Pulley or cracking of the
100077 FB BS+ excess load error scanner drive gears Main Board
 Failed to read the Scanner Encoder CN11
2. Contamination of the Scanner Scale CN72
3. Failure of the SCN Motor (not completely broken).
4. Failure of the Main Board
1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
100078 FB BS+ driving time error Malfunction or crash of the firmware
2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 51

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.2 Printer (CR)

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
CR PID driving time 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
000020 Malfunction or crash of the firmware
error 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
 The CR Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
1. The CR was stopped by; 2. Check the CR lock and Ink System for any abnormality.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the CR Timing Belt for fraying or looseness.
• Overload of the mechanism 4. Check the load applied to the CR by moving it by hand.
• Interfere with the Ink System 5. Check if the lubricant on the CR shaft is adequate.
CR PID excess load • Disengaging, fraying, jumping of the timing belt 6. Check the CR drive mechanism.
000021
error • Crack or disengaging of the gear, or the APG Lever interferes
7. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
with the CR
8. Replace the CR Motor with a new one.
 Failed to read the CR Encoder
9. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
2. Contamination of the CR Scale
3. Failure of the CR Motor (not completely broken)
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Failed to read the CR Encoder 1. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated. Main Board
1. Contamination of the CR Scale 2. Check the CR Encoder FFC. CN30
CR PID excess speed 2. Damage or skew of the CR Encoder FFC 3. Replace the CR Encoder with a new one. CN50
000022
error 3. Failure of the CR Encoder 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the CR Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Operation failure of the CR Motor, stopped by obstacles 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
1. CR was stopped by; 2. Check the CR lock and Ink System for any abnormality.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the CR Timing Belt for fraying or looseness.
• Interfere with the Ink System 4. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 5. Check the CR Encoder FFC or the connector.
000023 CR PID reverse error  Failed to read the CR Encoder 6. Replace the CR Encoder with a new one.
2. Jumping of the CR Timing Belt 7. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
3. Contamination of the CR Scale
4. Damage or skew of the CR Encoder FFC
5. Failure of the CR Encoder
6. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 52

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 The CR Motor did not run, or the CR could not move smoothly 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
1. Overload of the CR 2. Move the CR by hand to see if it moves smoothly without getting stuck.
 Failed to read the CR Encoder 3. Check the CR Timing Belt for fraying or looseness.
2. The CR Timing Belt become frayed or jumping 4. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
3. Contamination of the CR Scale 5. Check the connector and the CR Encoder FFC for damage.
000024 CR PID lock error
4. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the CR Encoder FFC 6. Replace the CR Encoder FFC with a new one.
5. Failure of the CR Encoder 7. Check the connector of the CR Motor.
6. Failure of the CR Motor (the lead wire is broken or the connector 8. Replace the CR Motor with a new one.
is disconnected) 9. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
7. Failure of the Main Board
 Operation failure of the CR 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
1. The CR was stopped by; 2. Check the CR lock and Ink System for any abnormality.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the CR Timing Belt for looseness.
• Overload of the mechanism 4. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
• Interfere with the Ink System 5. Check the connector of the CR Encoder FFC.
000025 CR PID speed fall error  Failed to read the CR Encoder 6. Replace the CR Motor with a new one.
2. The CR Timing Belt become loosened or jumping 7. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
3. Contamination of the CR Scale
4. Damage or skew of the CR Encoder FFC
5. Failure of the CR Motor Main Board
6. Failure of the Main Board CN30
CN50
CR load position driving 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
000030 Malfunction or crash of the firmware
time error 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
 The CR Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
1. The CR was stopped by; 2. Check the CR lock and Ink System for any abnormality.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the CR Timing Belt for fraying or looseness.
• Overload of the mechanism 4. Check the load applied to the CR by moving it by hand.
• Interfere with the Ink System 5. Check if the lubricant on the CR shaft is adequate.
CR load position excess
000031 • Disengaging or breakage of the gears 6. Check the CR drive mechanism.
load error
• Disengaging, fraying, jumping of the timing belt 7. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
 Failed to read the CR Encoder
8. Replace the CR Motor with a new one.
2. Contamination of the CR Scale
9. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
3. Failure of the CR Motor (not completely broken)
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Failed to read the CR Encoder 1. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
1. Contamination of the CR Scale 2. Check the CR Encoder FFC.
CR load position excess 2. Damage or skew of the CR Encoder FFC 3. Replace the CR Encoder with a new one.
000032
speed error 3. Failure of the CR Encoder 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the CR Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 53

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 Operation failure of the CR Motor, stopped by obstacles 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
1. CR was stopped by; 2. Check the CR lock and Ink System for any abnormality.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the CR Timing Belt for fraying or looseness.
• Overload of the mechanism 4. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated.
• Interfere with the Ink System 5. Check the CR Encoder FFC or the connector. Main Board
CR load position reverse  Failed to read the CR Encoder
000033 6. Replace the CR Encoder with a new one. CN30
error
2. Jumping of the CR Timing Belt 7. Replace the Main Board with a new one. CN50
3. Contamination of the CR Scale
4. Damage or skew of the CR Encoder FFC
5. Failure of the CR Encoder
6. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 54

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.3 Printer (PF)

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
Malfunction or crash of the firmware 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
PF PID driving time
000040 *: The PE Sensor remains in paper detection status and a paper jam error 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
error occurs instead of causing a fatal error.
 The PF Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check that no pieces of paper or foreign objects exist in the paper path.
1. The PF was stopped by; 2. Check the load of the paper feed mechanism.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the wheel train of the PF drive and the timing belt for fraying or
• Overload of the paper feed mechanism looseness.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 4. Check the PF Scale for damage or contamination.
000041 PF PID excess load error  Failed to read the PF Encoder 5. Check the PF Encoder FFC or the connector.
2. Contamination of the PF Scale 6. Replace the PF Motor with a new one.
3. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the PF Motor Cable/ 7. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
Encoder FFC
4. Failure of the PF Motor (not completely broken)
5. Failure of the Main Board
 Failed to read the PF Encoder 1. Clean the PF Scale if it is contaminated. Main Board
1. Contamination of the PF Scale 2. Check the PF Encoder FFC or the connector. CN31
PF PID excess speed 2. Skew or damage of the PF Encoder FFC 3. Replace the PF Encoder with a new one. CN521
000042
error 3. Failure of the PF Encoder 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the PF Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Paper feed fails, stopped by obstacles 1. Check that no pieces of paper or foreign objects exist in the paper path.
1. Paper feed was stopped by; 2. Check the load of the paper feed mechanism.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Clean the PF Scale if it is contaminated.
• Overload of the paper feed mechanism 4. Check the PF Encoder FFC or the connector.
• Disengaging or tooth breakage of wheel train of the paper 5. Replace the PF Encoder with a new one.
000043 PF PID reverse error feed mechanism 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failed to read the PF Encoder
2. Contamination of the PF Scale
3. Skew or damage of the PF Encoder FFC
4. Failure of the PF Encoder
5. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 55

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 The PF Motor did not run or obstacles exist in the paper path 1. Check that no jammed paper exist in the paper path.
1. Overload of the paper feed mechanism 2. Check the load of the PF.
2. The wheel train of paper feed mechanism is disengaged or its 3. Check the wheel train of the PF drive and tooth breakage of the gears.
tooth is broken 4. Clean the PF Scale if it is contaminated.
 Failed to read the PF Encoder 5. Check the PF Encoder FFC or the connector.
000044 PF PID lock error 3. Contamination of the PF Scale 6. Replace the PF Encoder with a new one.
4. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the PF Encoder FFC 7. Check the connector of the PF Motor.
5. Failure of the PF Encoder 8. Replace the PF Motor with a new one
6. Failure of the PF Motor (the lead wire is broken or the connector 9. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
is disconnected)
7. Failure of the Main Board
PF load position excess 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
000050 Malfunction or crash of the firmware
driving time error 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
 The PF motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check that no pieces of paper or foreign objects exist in the paper path.
1. The PF was stopped by; 2. Check the load of the paper feed mechanism.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the wheel train of the PF drive and tooth breakage of the gears.
• Overload of the paper feed mechanism 4. Clean the PF Scale if it is contaminated.
PF load position excess
000051 • Disengaging or breakage of the gears 5. Replace the PF Motor with a new one
load error
 Failed to read the PF Encoder 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one. Main Board
2. Contamination of the PF Scale CN31
3. Failure of the PF Motor (not completely broken) CN521
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Failed to read the PF Encoder 1. Clean the PF Scale if it is contaminated.
1. Contamination of the PF Scale 2. Check the PF Encoder FFC or the connector.
PF load position excess 2. Skew or damage of the PF Encoder FFC 3. Replace the PF Encoder with a new one.
000052
speed error 3. Failure of the PF Encoder 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the PF Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
 Paper feed fails, stopped by obstacles 1. Check that no pieces of paper or foreign objects exist in the paper path.
1. Paper feed was stopped by; 2. Check the load of the paper feed mechanism.
• Obstacles such as jammed paper 3. Check the wheel train of the PF drive and tooth breakage of the gears.
• Overload of the paper feed mechanism 4. Clean the PF Scale if it is contaminated.
• Disengaging or tooth breakage of wheel train of the paper 5. Check the PF Encoder FFC or the connector.
PF load position reverse
000053 feed mechanism 6. Replace the PF Encoder with a new one.
error  Failed to read the PF Encoder
7. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
2. Contamination of the PF Scale
3. Skew or damage of the PF Encoder FFC
4. Failure of the PF Encoder
5. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 56

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.4 Printer (Stacker)

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
STK PID driving time 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
000140 Malfunction or crash of the firmware
error 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
 The Stacker Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check the load applied to the Stacker Assy by moving it by hand.
1. The Stacker was stopped by; 2. Check the Wheel Train of the Stacker Assy drive for disengage or crack.
• Overload of the Stacker Assy 3. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 4. Check the Stacker Motor cable, Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
STK PID excess load  Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 5. Replace the Stacker Motor with a new one.
000141
error 2. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
3. Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Stacker Motor
cable/Encoder cable
4. Failure of the Stacker Motor (not completely broken)
5. Failure of the Main Board
 Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 1. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
1. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 2. Check the Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
STK PID excess speed 2. Skew or damage of the Stacker Encoder cable/Stacker Motor cable 3. Replace the Stacker Encoder with a new one.
000142
error 3. Failure of the Stacker Encoder 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the Stacker Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
Main Board
 Operation failure of the STK Motor, interrupted by obstacles 1. Check the load applied to the Stacker Assy by moving it by hand. CN36
1. The Stacker was stopped by; 2. Check the Wheel Train of the Stacker Assy drive for tooth breakage or CN504
• Overload of the Stacker Assy disengaging.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 3. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
000143 STK PID reverse error  Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 4. Check the Stacker Motor cable, Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
2. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 5. Replace the Stacker Encoder with a new one.
3. Skew or damage of the Stacker Encoder cable 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
4. Failure of the Stacker Encoder
5. Failure of the Main Board
 The STK Motor did not run. 1. Check the load applied to the Stacker Assy by moving it by hand.
1. The Stacker was stopped by; 2. Check the Wheel Train of the Stacker Assy drive for tooth breakage or
• Overload of the Stacker Assy disengaging.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 3. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
 Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 4. Check the Stacker Motor cable, Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
000144 STK PID lock error 2. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 5. Replace the Stacker Encoder with a new one.
3. Skew or damage of the Stacker Encoder cable/Stacker Motor cable 6. Replace the Stacker Motor with a new one.
4. Failure of the Stacker Encoder 7. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
5. Failure of the Stacker Motor (the lead wire is broken or the
connector is disconnected)
6. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 57

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
STK load position 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
000150 Malfunction or crash of the firmware
excess driving time error 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
 The Stacker Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check the load applied to the Stacker Assy by moving it by hand.
1. The Stacker was stopped by; 2. Check the Wheel Train of the Stacker Assy drive for tooth breakage or
• Overload of the Stacker Assy disengaging.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 3. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
STK load position
000151  Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 4. Check the Stacker Motor cable, Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
excess load error
2. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 5. Replace the Stacker Motor with a new one.
3. Skew or damage of the Stacker Encoder cable/Stacker Motor cable 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
4. Failure of the Stacker Motor (not completely broken)
5. Failure of the Main Board
 Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 1. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
Main Board
1. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 2. Check the Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
CN36
STK load position 2. Skew or damage of the Stacker Encoder cable/Stacker Motor cable 3. Replace the Stacker Encoder with a new one. CN504
000152
excess speed error 3. Failure of the Stacker Encoder 4. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
 Failure of the Stacker Motor Driver
4. Failure of the Main Board
 The Stacker Motor stopped running in the middle of the operation 1. Check the load applied to the Stacker Assy by moving it by hand.
1. The Stacker was stopped by; 2. Check the Wheel Train of the Stacker Assy drive for tooth breakage or
• Overload of the Stacker Assy disengaging.
• Disengaging or breakage of the gears 3. Clean the Stacker Scale if it is contaminated.
STK load position
000153  Failed to read the Stacker Encoder 4. Check the Stacker Motor cable, Stacker Encoder cable or the connector.
reverse error
2. Contamination of the Stacker Scale 5. Replace the Stacker Motor with a new one.
3. Skew or damage of the Stacker Encoder cable/Stacker Motor cable 6. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
4. Failure of the Stacker Motor (not completely broken)
5. Failure of the Main Board

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 58

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.5 Printer (PW/PE Sensor)

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 PE Sensor damage 1. Check the PE Sensor for broken cable or unconnected connector. Main Board
 Failure of the Main Board 2. Replace the PE Sensor with a new one. CN151
030001 PE detector error (Occurs when the light value became lower than the threshold value in 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one. Relay Board
light value adjustment.) CN2
CN4
 PW Sensor damage 1. Check the PW Sensor for broken cable or unconnected connector.
Adjustment error for
 Failure of the Main Board 2. Replace the PW Sensor with a new one. Main Board
030002 PW detector
(Occurs when the light value became lower than the threshold value in 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one. CN50
luminescence amount
light value adjustment.)
 PE Sensor damage 1. Check the PE Sensor for broken cable or unconnected connector. Main Board
Adjustment error for PE  Failure of the Main Board 2. Replace the PE Sensor with a new one. CN151
030003 detector luminescence (Cannot detect paper even the light value was raised to maximum in 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one. Relay Board
amount light value adjustment.) CN2
CN4

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 59

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.6 Printer (Head/CSIC)

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Head FFC 1. Check the Head FFC for disconnection, break, skew or damage.
 Overheat of the Printhead 2. Replace the Printhead with a new one.
Head hot detect error 1. Failure of the Printhead 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
031001
(pre printing) 2. Failure of the Main Board
*Occurs in-between print passes (after printing one pass and
before printing the next pass)
 Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Head FFC 1. Check the Head FFC for disconnection, break, skew or damage.
 Overheat of the Printhead 2. Replace the Printhead with a new one.
1. Failure of the Printhead 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
Head hot detect error
031002 2. Failure of the Main Board
(after flushing)
*Occurs every after ink flushing operation
(Flushing before starting printing, flushing after manual cleaning
and etc.)
 Protect function of head driving circuit operated when continuing high
Transistor temperature load printing under high temperature environment.
031003 Replace the Main Board with a new one.
error  Failure of the Main Board
*Occurs after receiving a print job and starting printing Main Board
CN40
 Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Head FFC 1. Check the Head FFC for disconnection, break, skew or damage. CN41
*Occurs after receiving a print job and starting printing 2. Replace the Printhead with a new one. CN42
031004 Head temperature error  Failure of the thermistor inside the Printhead 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one. CN43
Temperature around the Printhead is out of the range from -20 to 80
degrees C.
 Disconnection, break, skew or damage of the Head FFC 1. Check the Head FFC for disconnection, break, skew or damage.
 Overheat of the Printhead 2. Replace the Printhead with a new one.
1. Failure of the Printhead 3. Replace the Main Board with a new one.
Head hot detect error
031005 2. Failure of the Main Board
(when changing ink)
*Occurs every after ink flushing operation
(Flushing before starting printing, flushing after manual cleaning
and etc.)
 Failure of the power source for the Printhead 1. If the fuse has not blown out
1. Failure of the circuit Check the Head FFC for disconnection, break, skew or damage.
Disconnection, break, skew, or damage of the Head FFC 2. If the fuse has blown out
031006 Blowout of a fuse error 2. Blowout of fuse on the Main Board Replace the Main Board with a new one.
3. Failure of the Printhead 3. In the other cases
*Occurs at power-on, when replacing the ink cartridge, in-between Replace the Printhead with a new one.
print passes, and after flushing operation
033003  Error in the printer settings 1. Turn the printer off and back it on.
Ink device error for the  Failure of the Main Board 2. If the error still occurs after the restart, replace the Main Board.
033004 ---
others  Occurs at power-on
033005

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 60

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.3.2.7 Printer (Others)

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
 Carriage operation load error (jammed paper or other foreign matter 1. Check that no obstacle exist in the CR motion range.
inside) 2. Check that the vicinity of the CR lock and Inksystem Assy is normal.
 Inksystem Assy failure 3. Check the load applied to the CR by moving it by hand.
 Main frame deformation 4. Check if the lubricant on the CR shaft is adequate. Main Board
034501 Wiping contact error  CR Encoder failure (scale stains/detachment or encoder board failure) 5. Check the CR drive mechanism. CN30
 CR Motor failure 6. Clean the CR Scale if it is contaminated. CN50
 Cable disconnected 7. Replace the CR Encoder with a new one.
8. Replace the CR Motor with a new one.
9. Replace the Inksystem Assy with a new one.
Device error except for
060001 Due to user environment Individual support ---
printer
 Non-supported printer driver
060002 Driver mismatch error Check the OS and the version of the printer driver. ---
 Mismatch between custom printer driver and custom printer

2.3.2.8 System Error

Error
Error name Possible cause Confirmation procedure Connector No.
code
1. Check the Wi-Fi Board. Main Board
202620 Wi-Fi Board failure Failure or disconnection of the wireless network board
2. Check the FFC. CN3
1. Replace the Panel Assy with a new one.
Main Board
203004 Panel Unit Failure Failure or disconnection of the Panel Assy 2. Check the FFC.
CN20
3. Replace the SCN & PNL Unit Assy with a new one.
1. Check the Card Slot Board Assy. Main Board
205102 Card Board failure Failure or disconnection of the Card Slot Board Assy
2. Check the FFC. CN7
2xxxxx An error code will be assigned to each firmware internal error as 1. Check the firmware version, and update it.
Firmware bug ---
3xxxxx necessary. 2. Replace the Main Board with a new one.

Since the listed errors are common for all EPSON printers,
some of the errors do not occur in this product.

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 61

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2.4 Service Support Mode 2.4.1 Service Support Mode startup

 Overview  Although ET-8500/L8160 Series is used to explain the
startup operation in this chapter, the operation is the
Service support mode is a service dedicated mode that can be started by a
same for ET-8550/L8180 Series.
special operation, and allows you to execute functions including adjustment,
 The buttons and the area of the Touch Panel used in the
inspection, and individual action check functions.
following procedure is as shown below.
 Structure of service support mode menu
Power SW SW1 SW2 SW3
Maintenance SP Mode
Run:[Touch PNL] / Select:[HELP]
1.Printer Inspection Mode

Touch Panel
Figure 2-2. Service support mode: top menu
Item Display Explanation When to use
 Service Support Mode startup and operating procedures
Allows you to perform 1. Press the [SW1] and [Power SW] button until the screen switches, starting
Printer mode Printer Inspection Mode adjustment with the ADF/SCN When repairing
Unit removed.
the printer.

Power SW SW1

Figure 2-3.

Troubleshooting Service Support Mode 62

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2. Operate the Touch Panel, and enter the ID. Solution if enter and execute the wrong ID
ID to enter: 83331
 When a different mode starts:
 Operating procedure If you enter the wrong ID and a different mode starts,
1. Tap [SW3] until the value necessary for this digit is displayed. there is the possibility of changing important settings of
the unit, so press the power button to turn off the power
2. Tap [SW1] to enter the value. The value will change to “*”, and immediately and then perform the process again to enter
the cursor goes to the next digit. the correct ID number.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to enter the 5 digit ID.  When non-existent ID number:
The following panel LCD display appears and the power
4. When entry is completed, tap [SW2] to confirm.
is turned off automatically.

UP:[Right] Input ID is not found!!

SHIFT:[Left]/FIN:[Center] Please wait Power off...
*****_

Power SW
 After entering the value, it cannot be changed. If you need
to correct the number of the previous digit, restart the
printer in Service Support Mode and input the value
from the first digit.
 To confirm the ID by tapping the [SW2] button, two
digits or more need to be input. If not, the [SW2] button
cannot be valid.

SW1 SW2 SW3

Figure 2-4. Service support mode operation method

Troubleshooting Service Support Mode 63

Confidential
 CHAPTER

3
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.1 Overview 3.1.2 Jigs

This chapter describes procedures for disassembling the main parts/units of Table 3-2. Jigs
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series and ET-8550/L8180 Series. Unless otherwise Name Quantity EPSON Part Code
specified, disassembled parts/units can be reassembled by reversing the Thickness gauge (1.1 mm)
disassembly procedure. Disassembly/reassembly precautions and tips are give 1
(For the F6H Printhead)
in “3.3.3 Repairing Major Components Disassembly/Assembly Procedure”
Thickness gauge (1.2 mm)
(p104) and “3.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/ (For the F6H Printhead)
1
Unit” (p122). See the sections as necessary. Commercially available
Thickness gauge (1.4 mm)
Make sure to read “ Safety Precautions” (p3) before starting work. 1
(For the F6H Printhead)

When you have to remove units or parts that are not described in this chapter, Thickness gauge (1.5 mm)
1
(For the F6H Printhead)
see the exploded diagrams of SPI (Service Parts Information).

3.1.1 Tools
Use only specified tools to avoid damaging the printer.

Table 3-1. Tools

Name Availability EPSON Part Code

(+) Phillips screwdriver #1  1080530

(+) Phillips screwdriver #2  ---
Flathead screwdriver  ---
Flathead Precision screwdriver #1  ---
Tweezers  ---
Longnose pliers  ---
Acetate tape --- 1003963
Note 1: “Availability” means that use of a commercially available one is permitted.
2: EPSON provides the tools listed with EPSON part code.

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 65
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.1.3 Locations of the Parts/Units  Printer mechanism

This section shows the locations of the main parts/units.
Front 4 5 Left
3 14 15
The parts/units which can not be seen in the following 2 6
13
pictures are indicated in dotted lines ( ). 16
7

1 8
ET-8500/L8160 SERIES
 Exterior parts
12 11 10 9 19 18 17
Front 1 Right
6 No. Name No. Name
5
1 Maintenance Box (p86) 11 Paper Guide Upper Side Left (p90)/
2 Main Frame Assy (p93) Paper Guide Upper Middle Left (p90)/
Paper Guide Upper Middle Right (p90)/
Paper Guide Upper Side Right (p90)
3 CR Scale (p86) 12 Wi-Fi Board (p87)
3 2 7 4 PE Sensor (p90) 13 Damper Rack (p89)
Left Rear 5 Head FFC (p91) 14 Paper Guide Front Assy (p93)
6 CR Assy (p91) 15 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A (p93)/
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D (p93)
7 Printhead (p88) 16 Star Wheel Holder Assy (p93)
8 Key Slot Assy (p87) 17 Main Board Assy (p87)
9 PW Sensor (p88) 18 PF Motor Assy (p94)
4 8
10 Valve Cam Lever (p88) 19 PF Scale (p88)
No. Name No. Name
Figure 3-2. Printer mechanism (1)
1 SCN Unit (p89) 5 Document Cover (p88)
2 Panel Assy (p88) 6 SCN Cover Rear (p87)
3 Paper Cassette Assy (p86) 7 Housing Right (p86)
4 Housing Left (p87) 8 Duplex Unit (p86)
Figure 3-1. Exterior parts

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 66
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Right Rear
ET-8550/L8180 SERIES
20
 Exterior parts

Front 1 Right
6
5

24 23 22 21 26 25

No. Name No. Name 3 2 7

20 CR Motor (p90) 24 Ink Tank Assy (x6) (p87) Left Rear
21 PS Unit (p86) 25 ASF Bank Assy (p87)
22 Inksystem Assy (p86) 26 Pickup Roller Assy (p86)
23 IS Lower Porous Pad A (p86)/
IS Lower Porous Pad B (p86)
Figure 3-3. Printer mechanism (2) 4 8
No. Name No. Name
1 SCN Unit (p98) 5 Document Cover Assy (p97)
2 Panel Assy (p97) 6 SCN Cover Rear (p96)
3 Paper Cassette Assy (p95) 7 Housing Right (p95)
4 Housing Left (p96) 8 Duplex Unit (p95)
Figure 3-4. Exterior parts

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 67
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

 Printer mechanism
Right Rear
20 21
Front 4 5 Left
3 14 15
2 6
13
16
7

1 8

25 24 23 22 27 26

12 11 10 9 19 18 17 No. Name No. Name

20 CR Motor (p100) 24 IS Lower Porous Pad (p95)/
No. Name No. Name
IS Lower Porous Pad B (p95)
1 Maintenance Box (p95) 11 Paper Guide Upper Side Left (p99)/ 21 Damper Rack (p99) 25 Ink Tank Assy (x6) (p96)
2 Main Frame Assy (p103) Paper Guide Upper Middle Left (p99)/
Paper Guide Upper Left (p99)/ 22 PS Unit (p95) 26 ASF Bank Assy (p99)
Paper Guide Upper Right (p99)/ 23 Inksystem Assy (p95) 27 Pickup Roller Assy (p95)
Paper Guide Upper Middle Right (p99)/
Paper Guide Upper Side Right (p99) Figure 3-6. Printer mechanism (2)
3 CR Unit (p101) 12 Wi-Fi Board (p96)
4 PE Sensor (p99) 13 Damper Rack (p99)
5 Head FFC (p101) 14 Paper Guide Front Assy (p101)
6 CR Assy (p101) 15 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Left 1 (p101)/
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Left 2 (p101)/
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Right 1 (p101)/
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Right 2 (p101)/
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Right 3 (p101)/
Cover Frame Rear Lower Porous Pad 1 (p103)/
Cover Frame Rear Lower Porous Pad 2 (p103)/
Cover Frame Lower Porous Pad 2 (p103)
7 Printhead (p97) 16 Star Wheel Holder Assy (p101)
8 Key Slot Assy (p96) 17 Main Board Assy (p96)
9 PW Sensor (p97) 18 PF Motor Assy (p103)
10 Valve Cam Lever (p97) 19 PF Scale (p97)
Figure 3-5. Printer mechanism (1)

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 68
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.1.4 Standard Operation Time for Servicing the Product Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series)

The following are the standard operation time for servicing the product. This Time (in units of seconds)

standard operation time was determined based on the MTTR result measured Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
using the prototype of EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series and ET-8550/L8180 inspection
Series.The underlined parts/units are supplied as After Service Parts. Document Cover Mat 0:39 --- 0:39

Housing Middle Cover 0:36 --- 0:36

ET-8500/L8160 SERIES
CR Cover 0:36 --- 0:36
Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Valve Spring 0:28 --- 0:28
Time (in units of seconds)
Adapter Tube Assy 2:14 --- 2:14
Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total Valve Base 2:29 --- 2:29
inspection
Valve Cam Lever 2:44 --- 2:44
Maintenance Box 0:13 --- 0:13
Valve Slider 2:39 --- 2:39
Paper Support Assy 0:57 --- 0:57
Adapter Pressing Plate 3:20 --- 3:20
Photo Paper Cassette Assy 0:12 --- 0:12
Adapter 9:38 --- 9:38
Paper Cassette Assy 0:13 1:24 1:37
Adapter Seal 11:26 --- 11:26
BD Tray 0:22 --- 0:22
Printhead 11:28 19:17 30:45
Cap 3:06 --- 3:06
PW Sensor 12:19 13:43 26:02
Cap Hinge 2:00 --- 2:00
Head Grounding Plate 12:19 0:39 12:58
Panel FFC Cover 0:14 --- 0:14
Cassette Guide Left 1:33 --- 1:33
Panel Assy 1:01 --- 1:01
Cassette Guide Left Upper 2:42 --- 2:42
Duplex Unit 0:16 4:14 4:30
Stacker Assy 3:42 --- 3:42
Straight pass edge guide 0:14 --- 0:14
Pickup Roller Assy 0:31 --- 0:31
ASF Paper Guide Sheet 0:58 --- 0:58
Pickup Release Lever Shaft 0:41 --- 0:41
ASF Paper Guide Sheet B 0:58 --- 0:58
Pickup Release Spring 0:51 --- 0:51
Foot 3:45 --- 3:45
Pickup Release Lever 1:01 --- 1:01
Maintenance Box Cover 0:09 --- 0:09
Pickup Release Lever Sub 1:17 --- 1:17
Document Cover 0:25 --- 0:25
Housing Front Assy 5:38 --- 5:38
Document Cover Hinge 0:22 --- 0:22

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 69
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Time (in units of seconds) Time (in units of seconds)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/ Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total Replacement Total
inspection inspection
Housing Front Left Assy 3:51 --- 3:51 PF Encoder 2:38 --- 2:38

Housing Front Right 4:24 --- 4:24 PF Scale 1:55 --- 1:55

Wi-Fi Board 5:27 --- 5:27 PF Belt Tension Spring 1:30 --- 1:30

Card Slot Board Assy 5:27 --- 5:27 PF Belt 2:05 --- 2:05

Power Button Board Holder 4:37 --- 4:37 PF Belt Tension Pulley 2:28 --- 2:28

Power Button Board 4:49 --- 4:37 PF Belt Tension Pulley Shaft 2:39 --- 2:39

PS Button 4:49 --- 4:49 PF Belt Tensioner 2:37 --- 2:37

LED Board 4:25 --- 4:25 Housing Right 1:46 --- 1:46

Damper Holder 6:10 --- 6:10 SCN Cover Rear 3:05 --- 3:05

Damper Assy 6:23 --- 6:23 Rear Cover 4:02 --- 4:02

Damper Rack 6:20 --- 6:20 Frame Base Support Right 2:10 --- 2:10

Damper Gear 80-2 6:16 --- 6:16 PS Unit 3:45 2:18 6:03

Damper Gear 8-1-1 6:22 --- 6:22 Inksystem Assy 8:22 --- 8:22

SCN Oneway Clutch 6:28 --- 6:28 IS Lower Porous Pad A 8:30 --- 8:30

Damper Gear 8-1 6:34 --- 6:34 IS Lower Porous Pad B 8:30 --- 8:30

Housing Left 1:19 --- 1:19 Waste Ink Tube 10:22 --- 10:22

Relay Board FFC 1:41 --- 1:41 ASF Bank Assy 5:26 1:24 6:50

Relay Board 2:29 --- 2:29 Housing Middle 7:06 --- 7:06

FFC Shield Plate 4:52 --- 4:52 Tank Cover 0:13 --- 0:13

Main Board Assy 8:17 3:45 12:02 Tank Cover Open Sensor Assy 7:45 --- 7:45
(EEPROM Copy OK)
Key Slot Assy 9:14 --- 9:14
Main Board Assy 8:17 16:03 24:20
(EEPROM Copy NG) Tank Porous Pad 10:50 --- 10:50

PF Encoder FFC 1:38 --- 1:38 Tube Guide 12:04 --- 12:04

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 70
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Time (in units of seconds) Time (in units of seconds)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/ Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total Replacement Total
inspection inspection
Frame Base Right Sub 13:05 --- 13:05 Torsion Spring R 33:42 --- 33:42

Ink Tank Assy 16:23 --- 16:23 Star Wheel Holder Assy 34:05 2:50 36:55

Tube Clamp A 13:10 --- 13:10 Star Wheel Grounding Spring 34:20 --- 34:20

Tube Clamp B 13:14 --- 13:14 Paper Guide Front Assy 35:51 3:07 38:58

Adapter Tube L 15:49 --- 15:49 Stacker Open Sensor 36:11 --- 36:11

Tube Guide Sheet 14:03 --- 14:03 EJ Roller Grounding Spring 10:06 --- 10:06

Paper Guide Upper Side Right 14:12 7:06 21:18 Stacker Drive Shaft Grounding 10:06 --- 10:06
Spring
Paper Guide Upper Side Left 14:12 7:06 21:18
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A 10:20 2:53 13:13
Paper Guide Upper Middle Right 14:08 7:06 21:14
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D 10:20 2:53 13:13
Paper Guide Upper Middle Left 14:08 7:06 21:14
EJ Roller Assy 13:05 2:50 15:55
PE Sensor 15:00 1:08 16:08
EJ Center Support 13:11 --- 13:11
CR Belt Spring 13:28 --- 13:28
Stacker Drive Holder 14:33 --- 14:33
Driven Pulley Holder Assy 14:10 --- 14:10
Main Frame Assy 18:53 9:45 28:38
CR Frame Plate 14:28 --- 14:28
Frame Cover 20:15 --- 20:15
CR Motor 15:58 --- 15:58
Frame Cover Rear 20:35 --- 20:35
Holder Cam Assy 16:51 --- 16:51
Stopper Assy 20:55 --- 20:55
CR Scale Holder 17:50 --- 17:50
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad B 20:45 2:53 23:38
CR Scale 3:38 --- 3:38
PF Roller Assy 23:34 3:22 26:59
Change Slider Spring 18:02 --- 18:02
PF Frame Spring 23:44 --- 23:44
Change Slider 18:26 --- 18:26
Grounding Plate 24:04 --- 24:04
Grounding Spring 32:00 --- 32:00
PF Belt Tensioner Stopper 24:10 --- 24:10
Tube Guide Frame 32:45 --- 32:45
PF Motor Assy 27:09 0:28 27:37
Torsion Spring L 32:59 --- 32:59
PF Gear Holder 27:31 --- 27:31

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 71
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Table 3-3. Standard Operation Time (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Time (in units of seconds) Time (in units of seconds)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/ Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total Replacement Total
inspection inspection
ASF Guide Gear 27:41 --- 27:41 RASF Paper Sensor 16:10 --- 16:10

Compression Spring 0.3 27:47 --- 27:47 LD Phase Sensor 14:38 --- 14:38

APG Lever 27:53 --- 27:53 CR Unit 31:42 14:15 45:57

ASF Slide Gear 27:59 --- 27:59 CR Belt 32:32 --- 32:32

Compression Spring 1 28:05 --- 28:05 CR Encoder 32:35 --- 32:35

Center Support Frame 28:09 --- 28:09 Head FFC 33:43 --- 33:43

Bridge Porous Pad 28:25 --- 28:25

SCN & PNL Unit Assy 3:35 1:04 4:39

Panel Assy 5:38 --- 5:38

SCN Motor FFC 7:08 --- 7:08

SCN FFC 7:49 --- 7:49

SCN Motor Board 7:57 --- 7:57

Grounding wire 8:34 --- 8:34

SCN Motor Assy 9:51 --- 9:51

CIS Module 11:26 --- 11:26

Scanner Housing Lower 13:32 --- 13:32

Rear ASF Unit 13:08 --- 13:08

Edge Guide Assy 1:01 --- 1:01

Retard Roller Assy 13:59 --- 13:59

RASF Paper Sensor Lever 14:47 --- 14:47

(w/spring)
ASF Upper Frame Assy 14:52 --- 14:52

LD Roller Shaft 15:23 --- 15:23

Rear ASF Frame 14:48 --- 14:48

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 72
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

ET-8550/L8180 SERIES
Time (in units of seconds)
Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series) Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
Time (in units of seconds) inspection
Parts/Unit Adjustment/ Adapter 9:38 --- 9:38
Replacement Total
inspection Adapter Seal 11:26 --- 11:26
Maintenance Box 0:13 --- 0:13 Printhead 11:28 19:32 31:00
Paper Support Assy 1:26 --- 1:26 PW Sensor 12:19 14:42 27:01
Photo Paper Cassette Assy 0:12 --- 0:12 Head Grounding Plate 12:19 1:01 13:20
Paper Cassette Assy 0:13 1:31 1:44 Cassette Guide Left 2:04 --- 2:04
BD Tray 0:22 --- 0:22
Cassette Guide Left Upper 4:16 --- 4:16
Cap 3:06 --- 3:06
Stacker Assy 5:16 --- 5:16
Cap hinge 2:00 --- 2:00
Stacker Gear 5:16 --- 5:16
Panel FFC Cover 0:14 --- 0:14
Pickup Roller Assy 0:31 --- 0:31
Panel Assy 1:01 --- 1:01
Pickup Release Lever Shaft 0:41 --- 0:41
Duplex Unit 0:16 4:42 4:58
Pickup Release Spring 0:51 --- 0:51
Straight Pass Edge Guide 0:14 --- 0:14
Pickup Release Lever 1:01 --- 1:01
ASF Paper Guide Sheet 0:58 --- 0:58
Pickup Release Lever Sub 1:17 --- 1:17
ASF Paper Guide Sheet B 0:58 --- 0:58
Housing Front Assy 5:38 --- 5:38
Foot 6:30 --- 6:30
Housing Front Left Assy 3:51 --- 3:51
Maintenance Box Cover 0:09 --- 0:09
Housing Front Right 4:24 --- 4:24
Document Cover Assy 0:45 --- 0:45
Wi-Fi Board 5:27 --- 5:27
Document Cover hinge 0:44 --- 0:44
Card Slot Board Assy 5:27 --- 5:27
Housing Middle Cover 0:36 --- 0:36
Power Button Board Holder 4:37 --- 4:37
CR Cover 0:36 --- 0:36
Power Button Board 4:37 --- 4:37
Valve Spring 0:28 --- 0:28
PS Button 4:49 --- 4:49
Adapter Tube Assy 2:14 --- 2:14
LED Board 4:25 --- 4:25
Valve Base 2:29 --- 2:29
Damper Holder 7:56 --- 7:56
Valve Cam Lever 2:44 --- 2:44
Damper Assy 8:09 --- 8:09
Valve Slider 2:39 --- 2:39
Damper Rack 8:06 --- 8:06
Adapter Pressing Plate 3:20 --- 3:20

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 73
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series) Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
Time (in units of seconds) Time (in units of seconds)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/ Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total Replacement Total
inspection inspection
Damper Gear 80-2 8:02 --- 8:02 ASF Bank Assy 5:26 1:31 6:57
Damper Gear 8-1-1 8:08 --- 8:08 Housing Middle 7:06 --- 7:06
SCN Oneway Clutch 8:14 --- 8:14 Tank Cover 0:13 --- 0:13
Damper Gear 8-1 8:20 --- 8:20 Tank Cover Open Sensor Assy 7:45 --- 7:45
Housing Left 1:19 --- 1:19 Key Slot Assy 9:14 --- 9:14
Relay Board FFC 1:41 --- 1:41 Tank Porous Pad 10:50 --- 10:50
Relay Board 2:29 --- 2:29 Tube Guide 12:04 --- 12:04
Main board Assy (Read OK) 8:17 3:44 12:01 Frame Base Right Sub 13:05 --- 13:05
Main board Assy (Read NG) 8:17 18:48 27:05 Ink Tank Assy 16:23 --- 16:23
PF Encoder FFC 1:38 --- 1:38 Tube Clamp A 13:23 --- 13:23
PF Encoder 2:38 --- 2:38 Tube Clamp B 13:40 --- 13:40
PF Scale 1:55 --- 1:55 Adapter Tube L 16:02 --- 16:02
PF Belt Tension Spring 1:30 --- 1:30 Adapter Tube S 16:02 --- 16:02
PF Belt 2:05 --- 2:05 Tube Guide Sheet 14:21 --- 14:21
PF Belt Tension Pulley 2:28 --- 2:28 Paper Guide Upper Side Right 16:42 7:07 23:49
PF Belt Tension Pulley Shaft 2:39 --- 2:39 Paper Guide Upper Side Left 16:42 6:43 23:25
PF Belt Tensioner 2:37 --- 2:37 Paper Guide Upper Left 17:46 --- 17:46
Housing Right 1:46 --- 1:46 Paper Guide Upper Right 17:46 --- 17:46
Damper Rack Right 1:56 --- 1:56 Paper Guide Upper Middle Right 16:38 7:07 23:45
SCN Cover Rear 3:05 --- 3:05 Paper Guide Upper Middle Left 16:38 6:43 23:21
Damper Holder Right 4:31 --- 4:31 PE Sensor 17:30 1:11 18:41
Frame Base Support Right 2:10 --- 2:10 CR Belt Spring 15:58 --- 15:58
PS Unit 3:45 3:20 7:05 Driven Pulley Holder Assy 16:40 --- 16:40
Inksystem Assy 8:22 --- 8:22 CR Frame Plate 16:58 --- 16:58
IS Lower Porous Pad A 8:30 --- 8:30 CR Motor 18:28 5:04 23:32
IS Lower Porous Pad B 8:30 --- 8:30 Holder Cam Assy 19:21 --- 19:21

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 74
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series) Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
Time (in units of seconds) Time (in units of seconds)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/ Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total Replacement Total
inspection inspection
CR Scale Holder 20:20 --- 20:20 Stopper Assy 85:55 --- 85:55
CR Scale 3:38 --- 3:38 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Left2 85:45 3:14 88:59
Change Slider Spring 20:32 --- 20:32 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad 86:05 3:14 89:19
Right3
Change Slider 20:56 --- 20:56
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad 85:55 3:14 89:09
CR Unit 34:12 12:04 46:16
Right2
CR Belt 35:04 --- 35:04 PF Roller Assy 88:34 3:26 92:00
CR Encoder 35:05 --- 35:05 PF Frame Spring 88:44 --- 88:44
Head FFC 36:15 --- 36:15 Grounding Plate 89:04 --- 89:04
Grounding Spring 34:30 --- 34:30 PF Belt Tensioner Stopper 89:10 --- 89:10
Tube Guide Frame 35:15 --- 35:15 PF Motor Assy 92:09 0:35 92:44
Torsion Spring L 35:29 --- 35:29 PF Gear Holder 92:31 --- 92:31
Torsion Spring R 36:12 --- 36:12 ASF Guide Gear 92:41 --- 92:41
Star Wheel Holder Assy 36:35 3:11 39:46 Compression Spring 0.3 92:47 --- 92:47
Star Wheel Grounding Spring 36:50 --- 36:50 APG Lever 92:53 --- 92:53
EJ Roller Grounding Spring 75:06 --- 75:06 ASF Slide Gear 92:59 --- 92:59
Stacker Drive Shaft Grounding Spring 75:06 --- 75:06 Compression Spring 1 93:05 --- 93:05
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Left1 75:20 3:14 78:34 Center Support Frame 93:09 --- 93:09
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad 75:20 3:14 78:34 Bridge Porous Pad 93:25 --- 93:25
Right1
SCN & PNL Unit Assy 5:21 --- 5:21
EJ Roller Assy 78:05 3:11 81:16
Panel FFC 7:44 --- 7:44
EJ Center Support 78:11 --- 78:11
SCN Motor FFC 9:14 --- 9:14
Stacker Drive Holder 79:33 --- 79:33
SCN FFC 9:55 --- 9:55
Main Frame Assy 83:53 9:38 93:31
SCN Motor Board 10:03 --- 10:03
Paper Guide Front Assy 38:21 3:30 41:51
SCN Grounding Wire 10:40 --- 10:40
Stacker Open Sensor 38:41 --- 38:41
SCN Motor Assy 11:57 --- 11:57
Frame Cover 85:15 --- 85:15
SCN CIS Module 13:32 --- 13:32
Frame Cover Rear 85:35 --- 85:35

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 75
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 3-4. Standard Operation Time (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Time (in units of seconds)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
inspection
SCN Housing Lower 15:58 --- 15:58
Rear ASF Unit 15:38 --- 15:38
Edge Guide Assy 1:01 --- 1:01
Retard Roller Assy 16:29 --- 16:29
RASF Paper Sensor Lever 17:17 --- 17:17
(w/spring)
ASF Upper Frame Assy 17:22 --- 17:22
LD Roller Shaft 17:53 --- 17:53
Rear ASF Frame 17:18 --- 17:18
RASF Paper Sensor 18:40 --- 18:40
LD Phase Sensor 17:08 --- 17:08

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 76
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.1.5 Checks and Precautions before Disassembling  Determining whether the breathable film is wet or not

3.1.5.1 Factors which Affect the Print Quality When the breathable film is wet, Ink Tank Assy replacement
is necessary. Because it is hard to notice that the film is wet
WETTING OF VENTILATION FILM just by visually checking its surface, determine that according
to whether the ink has reached to a certain portion of the air
The film under sealing film attached on the Ink Tank Assy is breathable film.
chamber.
The air in the Ink Tank Assy is released to outside through this film and then
the air hole to keep ink supply to the Printhead stable. If the film gets wet with When the ink has reached the red squared part of the air chamber shown below,
ink, the air in the tank is not properly released outside and may cause replace the Ink Tank Assy.
degradation in print quality.

Air hole

Air chamber
Breathable film

Figure 3-8. Air chamber

Figure 3-7. Breathable film

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 77
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.1.5.2 Minimizing Ink Leakage during Disassembly for Your Safety 3. Flush ink in Adapter by “Ink discharge” function of Adjustment Program.
(It takes about 4 minutes and 30 seconds.)
REQUIRED WORK BEFORE DISASSEMBLING ADAPTER [

Fatal error, such as 000021, 000023 and 000031, occurs in

Ink supply part of Adapter doesn't have valve structure, so that ink in Adapter case that “Ink discharge” is executed while Photo Paper
leaks in CR Unit when disassembling Adapter from CR Unit. Cassette Assy is not placed at the standard position or is not
When disassembling Adapter, flush ink in Adapter by the following procedure installed. Install and place Photo Paper Cassette Assy at the
to prevent ink leakage. standard position when executing “Ink flushing”.

 Procedure when using Adjustment Program

1. Set the Jig, and then connect waste ink tube of Jig to any waste ink bottle.
Do not flush ink in Maintenance Box. If flushing ink in Maintenance Box,
the actual ink amount in Maintenance Box does not match with the ink
counter of Maintenance Box and causes ink leakage.
2. Disconnect Adapter Tube from Adapter.
When disconnecting Adapter Tube from Adapter, place CR Unit above
Cap to catch leaked ink from Adapter. CR Unit needs to be at the capping
position because ejecting ink in Adapter through Inksystem Assy (CAP).

Figure 3-10.
Disconnect Adapter Tube
4. Disassemble Adapter from CR Unit after ink flushing is completed.
5. Absorb remaining ink around Seal Rubber by cotton swab (the tip is thin).

Remaining ink

Waste ink tube of Jig

Figure 3-9.

Figure 3-11.

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 78
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

 Procedure when not using Adjustment Program 3. Eject ink from Adapter by the syringe slowly.
1. Connect the joint part of waste ink tube of Inksystem Assy (Pump) to a 4. After disassembling Adapter, absorb remaining ink around Seal Rubber by
syringe (rough standard: tip = Φ3.2mm, capacity =50mL). cotton swab (the tip is thin)
2. Disconnect Adapter Tube from Adapter.
Remaining ink
When disconnecting Adapter Tube from Adapter, place CR Unit above
Cap to catch leaked ink from Adapter. CR Unit needs to be at the capping
position because ejecting ink in Adapter through Inksystem Assy (CAP).
Waste ink tube in Pump needs to be released from Pump roller (printer
needs to be in normal condition after normal power-off sequence).

Disconnect Adapter tube

Figure 3-13.

Joint part of waste ink tube of Inksystem Assy

Figure 3-12.

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 79
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

REQUIRED WORK BEFORE DISASSEMBLING INK TANK ASSY 5. Repeat procedure 1-4 for all Ink Tank.
*The photo of ET-7700 is used to explain how to connecting a syringe (Figure
Eject ink from Ink Tank Assy before disassembling Ink Tank Assy accordingly.
3-14) and how to ejecting ink (Figure 3-15) as reference.
1. Disconnect Adapter Tube from Adapter.
When disconnecting Adapter Tube from Adapter, place CR Unit above
Cap to catch leaked ink from Adapter. CR Unit needs to be at the capping
position because ejecting ink in Adapter through Inksystem Assy (CAP).
2. Connect a syringe (rough standard: tip = Φ3.2mm, capacity = 50mL) to
Adapter Tube.

Disconnect Adapter Tube Connect syringe

Figure 3-14.
3. Open Cap Hinge.
4. Eject ink from Ink Tank by syringe.

Open Cap Hinge

Eject ink

Figure 3-15.

Disassembly/Assembly Overview 80
Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.2 Common Cautions on Disassembly/Reassembly Item Content Photo/Illustration

Timing belts 1. Take care not to break them.

This section describes common cautions when disassembling/reassembling the 2. 2.
2. Confirm that it is installed
product. properly onto the transmissive
sections of the pinion gear/
Before disassembling/reassembling a printer including this product, be sure to driven roller.
read Safety Precautions (P3) and this section.
Motors Take care not to damage the
---
pinion gears.
Item Content Photo/Illustration
Sensors 1. Take care not to touch the
3.
When 1. When handling new parts for detector sections.
handling replacement, take care not to 2. As for the encoder Sensor
parts contaminate or damage them. 3. used with a circular scale, the
2. Take care not to damage the photo sensor section should be
FFCs/cables/Ink tube if there set over the encoded area of
is a possibility of coming into the circular scale. 2.
contact with them. 3. Take care not to get injured by
3. When reassembling the Main Frame Assy the sharp ends of the board
product, take care not to let terminal on the back of the
components of the unit come circuit boards when handling
off. the sensors or the peripheral
parts.
When Take care not to damage them
reassembling when securing them by
Scales 1. Take care not to touch the
tightening screws.
encoded area.
2.
2. Install it with the black section 4.
up. (CR Scale only)
Main Board Assy
3. Wipe the scale with alcohol
When Do not lubricate any part other before installing. (CR Scale
applying than those specified. If grease is only)
---
grease applied on such a part, wipe it off 4. Confirm that they do not touch
completely. the photo sensors after
External Confirm visually that there are installation.
---
parts no scratches, dirt, and gaps.
Moving After reassembling, confirm that
parts there are no abnormal noises and ---
they work smoothly.

Disassembly/Assembly Common Cautions on Disassembly/Reassembly 81

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Item Content Photo/Illustration Item Content Photo/Illustration

Waste ink 1. Take care not to stain your Paper feed Do not touch rollers for paper
pads hands with the waste ink 2. rollers feeding when handling them.
soaked in the ink pads. If ink
comes into contact with your
hands, wash it off with water
immediately.
One Time After removing One Time parts
2. Take care not to stain the
parts specified in this manual, do not
printer's parts with the waste One Time icon:
reuse them, but be sure to replace
ink soaked in the ink pads. If
them with new ones.
ink comes into contact with
the parts, wash it off. Ink System 1. Take care not to stain your
(Especially, pay attention to hands with ink.
Paper Guide Front/Lower 2. When you connect the ink
Porous Pad) tube to another part, insert the
ink tube up to the root of the
FFCs 1. Be sure to insert them to their
joint to prevent ink leakage
connectors on the boards as ---
and secure the tube with the
far as they will go without any
tube clamp.
loose connection such as a
half-way or slant connection. 3. If it's hard to insert the ink
tube to the joint, apply CR02
2. Route them along their routing 4. FFC to the inserting part of the ink
paths. strengthen plate
tube.
3. If the double-sided tape that
secures the FFCs is not strong When When removing the Ink Tank
Cap Hinge
enough to secure them, make removing Assy, attach the Cap Hinge to
sure to replace the tape and Ink Tank avoid leakage of the ink.
secure the FFCs firmly.
4. When connecting to the
connector, be careful not to
break the strengthen plate on Ink Tank Assy
the backside of the terminal of
the FFC.

Gears When installing gears, pay

attention to the following:
• The gear section should not be
damaged. ---
• No foreign material is attached.
• No grease is attached on any
parts other than those specified.

Disassembly/Assembly Common Cautions on Disassembly/Reassembly 82

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Item Content Photo/Illustration

When When replacing the Main Board,

replacing there is no need to remove the PF
the Main Scale. However, for
Board inexperienced service personnel,
remove the PF Scale in advance.
Because the PF Scale is attached
by double-sided tape, it is a One
Time part and cannot be reused.

PF Scale
Main Board

MAC 1. Take care not to stain or 2.

Address damage it.
Label* 2. When replacing the printer
mechanism, make sure to
install the existing Main
Board and the MAC address
label to the new printer
mechanism for consistency. Right side of Main Frame

Disassembly/Assembly Common Cautions on Disassembly/Reassembly 83

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures

3.3.1 Functional differences among products and components
The product explained in this manual has the same basic components for the printer mechanism. However, because the supported paper size is different, there are
some differences among products.
The following shows the differences of the product.

Table 3-5. List of Differences

Differences
Parts name
ET-8500/L8160 Series ET-8550/L8180 Series Explanation

SCN Unit Maximum document size: A4 Maximum document size: Legal The supported document size of the SCN Unit is different.
Damper Assy related parts 1 set 2 sets The Damper Assy related parts set supports the SCN Unit when the unit is opened
and closed. ET-8550/L8180 Series have the set on both sides of the SCN Unit.
Rear ASF Unit Supported paper size: A4 Supported paper size: A3 Even though the basic structure of the products is the same, because the supported
paper size is different, the size of the parts are different.
Main Frame
Tube Guide Frame
Star Wheel Holder Assy
Paper Guide Front Assy
ASF Bank Assy
Frame Base
Paper Guide Upper Four in total Six in total Because the supported paper size is different, the number of Paper Guide Upper is
different.
Tube Clamp 3 clamps 5 clamps Because the length of the Adapter Tube is different, the number of the Tube Clamp
is different.
Stacker Motor related parts Located in the Front Frame Located in the Frame Base The location of the stacker drive related parts including the Stacker Motor is
different.
Waste Ink Porous Pad for 6 pieces 21 pieces Because the supported paper size is different, the number and the shape of the
borderless printing Waste Ink Porous Pad for borderless printing is different.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 84

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.2 Disassembly Flowchart

This section describes procedures for disassembling the parts/units in a flowchart format. For some parts/units, detailed procedures or precautions are provided
(accordingly indicated by icons and cell's color). Refer to the explanations in the example chart below and perform an appropriate disassembling and assembling
procedure. (see “3.3.3 Repairing Major Components Disassembly/Assembly Procedure” (p104))
For routing cables, see “3.5 Routing FFCs/cables” (p127)

 The example below shows how to see the charts on the following pages.
The name enclosed in Item Description Reference
Upper Cover gray indicate a part/unit
Assy (p20) that must be removed on Parts/ White-letter Part/unit supplied as an ASP ---
the way to the target unit
parts. name Black-letter Part/unit not supplied as an ASP ---
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,
Black letters indicate a practice or condition that, if not strictly observed,
CR Driven could result in injury or loss of life.
Pulley part/unit not supplied as
an ASP.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,
--- practice or condition that, if not strictly observed,
could result in personal injury or may cause damage to,
--- or destruction of equipment.
Indicates the parts that are inevitably broken in the
--- disassembling procedure, and should be replaced with
a new one for reassembly.
Indicates the
Shows necessary reference page in
Notes have important information and useful tips on blue-letter
procedures before
 FFC/Cable removing the following
the operation of your equipment.
parts.*
Indicates supplementary explanation for disassembly is
given.
White letters Icon
Main Frame indicates a part/unit Indicates that a particular task must be carried out
Assy CR Motor supplied as an ASP. according to a certain standard after disassembly and
before reassembly, otherwise the quality of the
components in question may be adversely affected.
3 2 Indicates screw type
and tightening
torque that are Indicates particular routing of cables is required.
--- S4 ---
defined in the list
shown at the lower Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,
(p 21) (p 27) (p 22) right of the page. practice, or condition that is necessary to keep the Adjustment (p133)
product's quality.
Reference page
Indicates a lubrication point, practice, or condition that
Can be removed/installed as unit or Assy. Maintenance (p156)
is necessary to keep the product's quality.

Note "*": The boxes with only part names indicates the removal of such parts. If Indicates the number of screws securing the parts/units. ---
the names of FFCs or cables are shown, disconnect the FFCs or cables Indicates the points secured with other than a screw
---
from their connectors. such as a hook, rib, dowel or the like.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 85

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A
3.3.2.1 ET-8500/L8160 Series
Start

Maintenance
Housing Right Box
Maintenance
Box Cover
Paper Cassette
Assy Duplex Unit Foot 1 (p 87) 2 (p 88)

3 --- --- --- --- ---

S1 S14 5 1 2 2 2 1

(p 105) --- --- (p 133) (p 133) ---

Cassette Guide Pickup Roller

BD Tray Left Assy Straight pass ASF Paper ASF Paper
edge guide Guide Sheet Guide Sheet B
--- 4 ---
--- 1 1
--- S23 2 2
2 S12 1 S12 1
--- --- (p 156)
--- --- ---

Cassette Guide Pickup Release

Housing Left Maintenance Frame Base Left Upper Lever Shaft
(p87) Box (p86) Support Right Tube Clip

Housing Left 6 ---

2 ---
(p87)
S24 3 2
Housing Front S7 --- ---
CR Scale Spring Assy (p87) Screw type/torque list
--- ---
--- ---
--- Housing Middle Symbol Screw Type Torque
(p87)
S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 Tank Cover  PS Unit Cable
(p87) Pickup Release S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Stacker Assy Spring
---
Key Slot Assy S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p87) PS Unit --- ---
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Frame Base 2 2
Support Right 1 S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
CR Scale (p86)
(p 133) (p 156) ---
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S7 3
--- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
 Tube joint (p 128) (p 133)
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
Pickup Release S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Lever
--- S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Inksystem Assy
--- S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
4
2 S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 2 S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
(p 118)
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
Pickup Release S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Lever Sub
IS Lower Porous IS Lower Porous S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Pad A Pad B --- S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
--- --- S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-1. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (1)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 86

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1 (p 86) 5 (p 87)

Paper Support Photo Paper Housing Front  Power Button Board FFC  LED Board cable Card Slot Board
Housing Left Left Assy Wi-Fi Board Assy
Assy Cassette Assy

4 --- --- 1 --- Power Button 1

Board Holder LED Board
S1 6 4 --- S1 2 --- S1 S6 ---
1 ---
(p 104) (p 106) (p 156) --- Cap (p88) --- --- ---
S1 1 2
Cap Hinge (p88)
--- (p 127)
Housing Right Housing Front
(p86) 3 (p 88) 4 (p 89)
Right
Key Slot Assy --- Power Button
Board
Paper Cassette  Cassette Sensor cable 4 S1 ---
Assy (p86) SCN Cover Rear ---
S1 S10 --- ---
 Card Slot Board FFC --- 2
ASF Bank Assy (p 115)
 Power Button Board FFC 2 (p 127)
 Wi-Fi Board Cable 4
---
S1 2 Tank Porous Pad Housing Middle
Housing Front (x6) Cover (p88)
Assy PS Button
(p 133)
--- CR Cover (p88)
2
---
--- Valve Spring
Screw type/torque list
S1 3 (p88) ---
--- Symbol Screw Type Torque
(p 106) 5 (p 87)
Adapter Tube
Assy (p88) --- S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Tube Clamp B Valve Base (p88)
Maintenance  All cables/FFCs connected S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p87)
Box (p86) to the Main Board
Valve Cam S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Lever (p88)
 Ink tube S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
 Waste ink tube Valve Slider
Housing Middle Main Board Assy (p88) S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
3 3
Tube Guide
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 --- S6 5
2 S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 107) (p 111) (p 127) Tube Clamp A Tube Clamp B S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S6 2
(p 133)
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
--- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Stacker Drive
Gear Cover Tank Cover 2 4 S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

2 --- Frame Base (p 124) (p 124) S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Right Sub
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 3 3 1 S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Tube Clamp B
--- (p 108) 1 (p87) S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S14

S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

---
Stacker Motor Tank Cover S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Assy Open Sensor Adapter Tube L Adapter Tube S Tube Guide
Assy
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Ink Tank Assy (x3) (x3) Sheet
1 (x6) S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 --- --- ---
S1 1 1
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S12 --- --- --- 4 S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 130) (p 133) S1 1
(p 127) (p 124) (p 124) (p 124)
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 115) (p 133) S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-2. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (2)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 87

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2 (p 86) 3 (p 87)

Housing Middle Document Cover Document Cover Relay Board

Cap Panel FFC Cover PF Encoder FFC
Cover Assy Mat FFC

2 --- --- --- --- --- ---

S1 2 1 S1 1 2 2 2 ---

--- --- --- --- --- --- ---

 Panel FFC  all cables/FFCs connected

Document to the Relay Board
CR Cover Cap Hinge Cover Mat (p88) PF Encoder

2 --- Panel Assy

2
Relay Board
S2 4 1 2 S8 2
Document Cover 2
--- --- S7 --- (p 122)
--- S1 1
---
2 (p 127)
Document Cover
Valve Spring --- Hinge PF Scale

--- --- ---

2 2 1
Screw type/torque list
--- --- (p 122)
Symbol Screw Type Torque
 Tube Guide Sheet S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
 Adapter Tube PF Belt Tension S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
 Head FFC Spring
Adapter Seal S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
Adapter Tube S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Assy ---
Printhead 2 S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
2 ---
---
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
4
S1 2 (p 125) S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S2 2
Valve Base S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
(p 112) (p 133) PF Belt Tension S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- Pulley PF Belt
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
 PW FFC --- ---
Adapter Pressing 6 S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Plate (x6)
--- 2 1 S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 PW Sensor S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S14 1 1 S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm

Valve Cam Lever Valve Slider

S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S17 ---
PF Belt PF Belt Tension S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- (p 122) (p 129) Tensioner Pulley Shaft
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- (p 133)
--- --- S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Adapter (x6)
2 2 S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
--- S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Head Grounding --- ---
1 S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Plate
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 133) S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-3. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (3)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 88

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4 (p 87)

 Panel FFC
 SCN Motor FFC
 SCN FFC

SCN & PNL Unit

Assy

S1 2
Panel FFC
(p 129) Cover (p88)

Panel Assy (p88)

Housing Right SCN Unit

(p86) Damper Holder

Paper Support ---

4
Assy (p87)
---
SCN Cover Rear S1 1
(p87) Document
(p 133) (p 156) Cover Assy (p88)
---

Screw type/torque list

Damper Gear SCN Housing
Damper Rack Damper Assy 80-2 Upper Symbol Screw Type Torque

--- --- ---

S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
6
S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
1 2 --- S1 5
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- (p 126) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Cam Lock Damper Gear
Damper 8-1-1 Panel FFC SCN Motor FFC SCN FFC S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
 LD Phase Sensor cable S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- --- ---
 RASF Paper Sensor S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
cable
1 S1 --- 3 1 2 S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- (p 129, p 129) (p 129) (p 129) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
SCN Oneway S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Clutch
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
Rear ASF Unit ---
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
7 S11 --- S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- ---
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 105) 6 (p 91)
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Damper Gear S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
8-1
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
---
7 (p 90)
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-4. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (4)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 89

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

7 (p 89)

Frame Cover PGU Spring PGU Spring PGU Spring PGU Spring CR Belt Spring
Rear (Black) (Black)

1 --- --- --- --- ---

S4 2 2 2 2 2 2

--- (p 122) (p 122) (p 122) (p 122) (p 122)

Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide Driven Pulley
CR Frame Plate Holder Assy
Lower Porous Upper Side Left Upper Middle Upper Middle Upper Side Right
Pad C Left Right
--- --- 2 ---
--- --- ---
3 3 S1 1 3
--- 3 3
(p 122) (p 133) (p 122) (p 133) --- (p 156)
(p 125) (p 133) (p 122) (p 133) (p 122) (p 133)

 PS Unit Cable
PGU Spring
(Black) (p90) Maintenance
Box (p86)
Paper Guide CR Motor
Upper Middle Housing Left
Right (p90) (p87)
2

---
Housing Front Screw type/torque list
Assy (p87)
Housing Middle Symbol Screw Type Torque
PE Sensor PE Sensor FFC (p 128) (p 133)
(p87)
S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 --- Tank Cover
(p87) S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S11 1 --- Holder Cam S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
Assy Key Slot Assy
(p87) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 122) (p 128) (p 128)
1 Frame Base S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
(p 133) Support Right
S18 4 (p86) S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Inksystem Assy S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- (p86)
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

Change Slider S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

CR Scale Holder
Spring
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 --- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

S20 3 2 S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Change Slider
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 156)
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
8 (p 91)
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-5. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (5)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 90

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6 (p 89) 8 (p 90)

Retard Roller RASF Paper

Edge Guide Assy Sensor Lever (w/ CR Cover (p88) Spur Gear DE PS Unit (p86)
Assy
spring)
--- 2 Valve Spring ---
--- (p88)
2 S1 S9 S13 2 Adapter Tube 1 Rear Cover
2
Assy (p88)
--- --- ---
--- Adapter 1
Pressing Plate
(x6) (p88) S1 1
Adapter (x6)
Retard Roller (p88) Compression ---
Assy (p91) Spring 0.326
Printhead (p88) ---

CR Scale Spring 1 ASF Drive

(p86) Frame
ASF Upper
Frame Assy ---
3
CR Scale (p86)
4
S1 S4 S21 6
S1 2
---
RASF Paper  LD Phase Sensor cable
(p 129) Sensor Lever (w/
spring) (p91)

LD Phase Sensor
 RASF Paper Sensor
9 (p 92)
LD Roller Shaft cable --- Screw type/torque list

2 Symbol Screw Type Torque

--- CR Unit
S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 RASF Paper (p 129) ---
Sensor S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- 1 S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
CR Belt CR Encoder Head FFC S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 (p 123) (p 133)
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
(p 129) --- --- ---
Rear ASF Frame S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
3 3 --- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 10 (p 93)
--- --- (p 131)
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
CR Assy
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-6. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (6)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 91

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

9 (p 91)

Combination Combination
Spur Gear 32 Spur Gear 13.6
Gear 39.2, 13.6 Gear 21.6, 16
Combination Spur Gear 13.6B
Gear 24, 18
--- --- --- ---
--- ---
1 1 1 1
1 1
(p 125) (p 125) (p 125) (p 125)
(p 125) (p 125)

Spur Gear 13.6 Spur Gear 44 Holder Planet

(p92) Assy
Oneway Assy Planetary Gear
Spur Gear 44 (p92) 12
--- ---
(p92)
---
Holder Planet 1 1
Assy (p92) 1
(p 125) (p 125) Spur Gear 28
(p 125)
---
Holder Gear
1

4 Spur Gear 21.6

(p 125)

S1 S22 3 ---

(p 125)
Pickup Drive 1 Screw type/torque list
Shaft
(p 125) Symbol Screw Type Torque
---
Spur Gear DE Dual Oneway S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Spur Gear 13.6 Spur Gear 21.6 Oneway Assy
(p91) Assy 1 S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- Compression --- Spur Gear 16
Spring 0.326 ---
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p91) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 1 1 1 1
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
(p 125) (p 125) (p 125) (p 125) S25 1
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Spur Gear 21.6
(p 125) S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Spur Gear DE
(p91) S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
1
Compression Spur Gear 13.6 S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 125) Spring 0.326
(p91) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
Spur Gear 21.6 S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p92)
1 S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

(p 125)
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-7. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (7)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 92

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

10 (p 91)

Tube Guide EJ Roller Paper Guide Paper Guide Stacker Drive

(p87) Grounding Lower Porous Lower Porous Shaft Grounding
Spring Pad A Pad D Spring

--- --- --- ---

Grounding
Spring 2 3 3 2

--- --- ---

(p 125) (p 133) (p 125) (p 133)
2

--- Stacker Drive

Shaft Grounding
Spring (p93)

Tube Guide PF Encoder

Frame FFC (p88)
PF Encoder
1 (p88)

S19 1 PF Scale (p88)

--- PF Belt Tension

Spring (p88)

PF Belt (p88)
Torsion Spring L Torsion Spring R

--- --- Screw type/torque list

EJ Roller Assy
2 2 Symbol Screw Type Torque
---
--- --- S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
CR Frame Plate Stacker Drive
(p 125) (p 133) (p90) Holder S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
Torsion Spring
R (p93) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
3
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
EJ Center Main Frame S1 4 S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Support Assy
Star Wheel Assy
--- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 5
--- S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 4 S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
Combination
Star Wheel --- Gear
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 122) (p 133)
(p 123) (p 133) Grounding 13.5-22.1 (w/ S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Spring (p 156) Friction Sheet)
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
 Stacker Open Sensor cable S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 1 S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Frame Cover
--- --- S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
Paper Guide
Front Assy 3 S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
4 S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Star Wheel ---
Stopper Assy C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Holder Assy S18
S19 4
---
--- ---
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Stacker Open
(p 123) (p 133) Sensor S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 1
--- S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 11 (p 94)
--- S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
2
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 130)
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-8. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (8)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 93

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

11 (p 93)

Stopper Assy Frame Cover APG Lever

Rear (p90)

1 ---

S7 2 ---
Paper Guide
Lower Porous
--- Pad B ---

---

PF Roller Assy 1 ASF Slide Gear

(p 125) (p 133)
--- ---

1 ---

(p 133) ---

Center Support Compression

PF Frame Spring
Frame Spring 1

--- --- ---

2 2 ---

--- --- --- Screw type/torque list

Symbol Screw Type Torque
S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
PF Gear Holder Grounding Plate Bridge Porous
Pad S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
1 1 --- S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm

2 1 ---
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 S6 S1
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- ---
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
PF Belt
ASF Guide Gear Tensioner S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Stopper
--- S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
--- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
Compression
Spring 0.3 PF Motor Assy S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- 1
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S1 S16 1
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- (p 133) S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-9. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (9)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 94

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A
3.3.2.2 ET-8550/L8180 Series
Start

Maintenance Maintenance Paper Cassette

Housing Right Box Box Cover Assy Duplex Unit Foot 1 (p 96) 2 (p 97)

3 --- --- --- --- ---

S1 S14 4 1 2 2 2 1

(p 105) --- --- (p 133) (p 133) ---

Pickup Roller Cassette Guide

BD Tray Left Straight Pass ASF Paper ASF Paper
Assy Edge Guide Guide Sheet Guide Sheet B
--- --- 4 --- 1 1
--- 2 S23 2 2 1 1
S12 S12

--- (p 156) --- --- --- ---

Pickup Release Cassette Guide

Lever Shaft Left Upper
Housing Left Maintenance Frame Base
Tube Clip
Screw type/torque list
(p96) Box (p95) Support Right
--- 6
Housing Left Symbol Screw Type Torque
--- ---
(p96) 2 S24 3
S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
CR Scale Spring Housing Front 3 ---
Assy (p96) --- --- S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
Housing Middle
(p96) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
Tank Cover  PS Unit Cable Pickup Release Stacker Gear C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
Stacker Assy S5
(p96) Spring
---
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Key Slot Assy --- --- ---
(p96) PS Unit S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 2 1 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Frame Base S8
CR Scale Support Right 2
(p95) --- (p 133) (p 156) --- S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- S7 3 S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

(p 128) (p 133)
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2  Tube joint
Pickup Release S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Lever
--- S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
Inksystem Assy S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
2 S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
3
---
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 2 S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

(p 118)
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Pickup Release S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Lever Sub
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
IS Lower Porous IS Lower Porous --- S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Pad Pad B
2 S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
--- --- S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-10. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (1)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 95

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

1 (p 95) 5 (p 96)

Paper Support Photo Paper Housing Front  Power Button Board FFC  LED Board Cable Card Slot Board
Housing Left Assy Cassette Assy Wi-Fi Board
Left Assy
4 --- --- 1 --- 3
Cap (p97) Power Button
Board Holder LED Board
S1 6 4 --- S1 --- --- S1 ---
Cap Hinge (p97) --- 1
(p 104) (p 106) (p 156) --- --- --- ---
--- S1 ---

--- (p 127)
Housing Front
Housing Right Key Slot Assy Right
(p95) 3 (p 97)

4 --- Power Button

Board
S1 S10 2 ---
Paper Cassette
Assy (p95) SCN Cover Rear 4 (p 98) ---
(p 115) ---
--- ---
 Card Slot Board FFC
 Power Button Board FFC 2 (p 127)
Tank Porous Pad Housing Middle
 Wi-Fi Board Cable Cover (p97)
---
--- CR Cover (p97) Screw type/torque list
Housing Front PS Button
Assy --- Symbol Screw Type Torque
Valve Spring
(p97) ---
--- S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
Adapter Tube --- S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
2 Assy (p97)
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 106) 5 (p 96) Tube Clamp B Valve Base (p97)
---
(p96) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Valve Cam S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
Lever (p97)
Maintenance  All cables/FFCs connected  Ink Tube S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Box (p95) to the Main Board  Waste Ink Tube Valve Slider
(p97) S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Housing Middle Main Board Assy Tube Guide S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
4 3 2
Tube Clamp A Tube Clamp B S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 --- S6 1 2
S6 S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
(p 108) (p 111) (p 127) --- S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 4
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
(p 133)
(p 124) (p 124) S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
Tank Cover Frame Base
Right Sub S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 1
Tube Clamp B S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
3 S14 --- (p96)
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 108) --- S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Tank Cover Ink Tank Assy Adapter Tube S Adapter Tube L Tube Guide
Open Sensor (x6) (x3) (x3) Sheet S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Assy
1 --- --- --- S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 2 6 6 4
1 S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
(p 115) (p 133) (p 124) (p 124) (p 124)
(p 127) S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-11. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (2)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 96

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

2 (p 95) 3 (p 96)

Housing Middle Document Cover Relay Board

Cover Cap Panel FFC Cover Assy PF Encoder FFC FFC

2 --- --- --- --- ---

S1 2 1 1 2 2 ---

--- --- --- --- Document Cover --- ---

Hinge

---
 All cables/FFCs connected
 Panel FFC
CR Cover Cap Hinge 2 to the Relay Board

2 --- ---

S2 4 1 Panel Assy PF Encoder Relay Board

--- --- 2 2 2

S7 --- 2 1
S8 S1

--- (p 122) (p 127)

Valve Spring
Screw type/torque list
---
PF Scale Symbol Screw Type Torque
2
S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
--- S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
1 S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
 Tube Guide Sheet  Head FFC (p 122) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
 Adapter Tube S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm

PF Belt Tension S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Adapter Tube Printhead Adapter Seal Spring S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Assy
--- S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 4 ---
2
S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 S2 --- ---
S1 S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
--- (p 112) (p 133) (p 125) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Valve Base PF Belt Tension
 PW FFC PF Belt S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Adapter Pressing Pulley
Plate (x6) --- S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
1 S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
---
PW Sensor
2 1 S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S14 1
---
1 S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
--- S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 ---
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 122) (p 129) PF Belt PF Belt Tension S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Adapter (x6) Valve Cam Lever Valve Slider Tensioner Pulley Shaft
(p 133) S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- --- ---
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
1 --- --- 2 1 S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Head Grounding
Plate --- ---
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- ---
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
1
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 133) S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-12. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (3)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 97

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4 (p 96)

 Panel FFC
 SCN Motor FFC
 SCN FFC

SCN & PNL Unit

Assy

S1 2
Panel FFC
(p 110) (p 129) Cover (p97)

Panel Assy (p97)

Paper Support
Assy (p96) Damper Holder SCN Unit

SCN Cover Rear 4 ---

(p96)
S1 1 ---
Screw type/torque list
Document
--- (p 133) (p 156) Cover Assy (p97)
 LD Phase Sensor cable
Symbol Screw Type Torque
 RASF Paper Sensor cable S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Damper Gear SCN Housing S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
Damper Rack Damper Assy 80-2 Upper
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- 10 S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

1 2 --- 4 S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm

S1
S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- (p 126)
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

Damper Gear
S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Cam Lock
Damper 8-1-1 Panel FFC SCN Motor FFC SCN FFC
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- --- --- S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 1 3 1 2
S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- (p 129, p 129) (p 129) (p 129)
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
SCN Oneway
Clutch S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

Rear ASF Unit --- S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
5 --- S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

(p 120) 6 (p 100) S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm

S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Damper Gear
8-1 S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
7 (p 99) 8 (p 100) 1
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-13. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (4)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 98

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

7 (p 98)

Frame Cover Damper Holder PGU Spring PGU Spring

Rear Right PGU Spring PGU Spring (Black) (Black) PGU Spring PGU Spring

1 3 --- --- --- --- --- ---

S4 3 S1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

--- --- (p 122) (p 122) (p 122) (p 122) (p 122) (p 122)

 Cassette Sensor cable

Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide
Damper Rack Upper Middle Upper Middle
Upper Side Left Upper Middle Upper Middle Upper Side Right
Left Left (p99) Right (p99) Right
--- --- ---
ASF Bank Assy --- ---
1 3 3
4 3 Paper Guide Paper Guide 3
--- (p 122) (p 133) Upper Left Upper Right (p 122) (p 133)
S1 2 (p 122) (p 133) (p 122) (p 133)
--- ---
(p 132) (p 133)
3 3

(p 122) (p 133) (p 122) (p 133)

Screw type/torque list
Symbol Screw Type Torque
Paper Guide S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Upper Left (p99)
S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
PE Sensor PE Sensor FFC
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
1 --- S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

1 ---
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S11
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 122) (p 128) (p 128)
S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 133) S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-14. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (5)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 99

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6 (p 98) 8 (p 98)

Retard Roller RASF Paper

Edge Guide Assy Sensor Lever CR Belt Spring
Assy CR Cover (p97) Spur Gear DE PS Unit (p95)
(w/spring)
--- 2 ---
--- Valve Spring ---
(p97)
2 S1 2 2
3 1 ASF Drive
Adapter Tube Frame
--- --- --- Assy (p97)
--- ---
Adapter 3
Pressing Plate
(x6) (p97) S1 S4 S21 6
Retard Roller Driven Pulley Adapter (x6)
CR Frame Plate Compression
Assy (p100) Holder Assy (p97) ---
Spring 0.326
2 --- Printhead (p97) ---
S1 1 3
CR Scale Spring 1
ASF Upper (p95) 10 (p 102)

Frame Assy --- (p 156)

---
CR Scale (p95)
2
 PS Unit Cable
S1 ---
RASF Paper  LD Phase Sensor cable
(p 129) Screw type/torque list
Sensor Lever (w/
spring) (p100) CR Motor 9 (p 101)

Maintenance Symbol Screw Type Torque

--- Box (p95)
LD Phase Sensor S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
LD Roller Shaft Housing Front
3 S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- Assy (p96)
 RASF Paper Sensor cable
--- S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 128) (p 133) Housing Middle
2 (p96) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
(p 129) Tank Cover S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
RASF Paper Damper Holder (p96)
---
Sensor Right (p99) S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Key Slot Assy
--- (p96) S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Frame Base S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

2 Support Right
Rear ASF Frame Holder Cam S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p95)
(p 129) Assy
Inksystem Assy S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
---
1 (p95) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S1 ---
S18 4 S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- Change Slider
Spring S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
CR Scale Holder 2
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 ---
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

S20 2 S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- Change Slider
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm

2 S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 156)
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-15. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (6)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 100

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

9 (p 100) 11 (p 101)

CR Unit CR Belt Fixing

Star Wheel Assy Plate CR Encoder PW Sensor FFC Head FFC

--- 1 --- --- ---

---
1 S26 2 3 2 ---
2
(p 123) (p 133) 11 (p 101) HSW Grounding
--- --- --- (p 131)
(p 123) (p 133) Spring

---

Tube Guide 2
CR Belt CR Assy
(p96)
---
--- ---

3 3
Star Wheel
Grounding Holder Assy
Spring --- ---
---
---
2
2
---
--- Screw type/torque list
Symbol Screw Type Torque
Paper Guide
Front Assy S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Tube Guide
Frame 4
S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 4
S19
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 Stacker Open
(p 123) (p 130) Sensor S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2
S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Torsion Spring L Torsion Spring R (p 130) S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 2
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Paper Guide Paper Guide
--- --- Lower Porous Lower Porous 12 (p 103)
S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Pad Left 1 Pad Right 1
S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
--- ---
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
Torsion Spring 3 3 S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
R (p101)
(p 125) (p 133) (p 125) (p 133) S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Paper Guide Paper Guide Paper Guide S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Lower Porous Lower Porous Lower Porous
Pad Left 2 Pad Right 3 Pad Right 2 S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- --- --- S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm

S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
3 3 3
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 125) (p 133) (p 125) (p 133) (p 125) (p 133) S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-16. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (7)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 101

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

10 (p 100)

Combination Combination Combination

Gear 39.2, 13.6 Gear 21.6, 16 Spur Gear 32 Spur Gear 13.6 Gear 24, 18 Spur Gear 13.6B

--- --- --- --- --- ---

1 1 1 1 1 1

(p 125) (p 125) (p 125) (p 125) (p 125) (p 125)

Spur Gear 13.6 Planet Holder Oneway Assy Planetary Gear

Spur Gear 44
(p102) Assy (p102) 12
Spur Gear 44 --- --- ---
(p102)
Planet Holder 1 1 1
Assy (p102) Spur Gear 28
(p 125) (p 125) (p 125)
---

1
Holder Gear
Spur Gear 21.6
(p 125)
4
--- Screw type/torque list
S1 S22 3
1 Symbol Screw Type Torque
Pickup Drive
(p 125) Shaft S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 125)
--- S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm
Spur Gear DE Dual Oneway 1
Spur Gear 13.6 Spur Gear 21.6 Oneway Assy S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p100) Assy
Spur Gear 16
--- C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- --- Compression ---
S5
Spring 0.326
(p100) 1 S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 1 1 1
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 1
(p 125) (p 125) (p 125) (p 125) S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 125)
Spur Gear 21.6 S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- Spur Gear DE
(p100) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 Spur Gear 13.6
Compression S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Spring 0.326
(p 125) (p100) --- S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Spur Gear 21.6 S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm

(p102) 1
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 125) S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-17. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (8)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 102

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

12 (p 101)

PF Belt (p97) Stopper Assy Frame Cover

Rear (p99)

S27 2
EJ Roller Assy Cover Frame Paper Guide
Rear Lower Lower Porous
--- Porous Pad 1 Pad B
---
--- ---
2
PF Roller Assy 1 1
(p 125) (p 133)
--- (p 125) (p 133) (p 125) (p 133)

1
EJ Center
Support (p 133) Cover Frame Cover Frame
Rear Lower Lower Porous
--- Porous Pad 2 Pad 2

2 Center Support --- ---

PF Frame Spring
Frame
1 1
---
--- --- Screw type/torque list
(p 125) (p 133) (p 125) (p 133)
2 2 Symbol Screw Type Torque
CR Frame Plate S1 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p100) --- ---
S2 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S3 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 5±1 Kgf⋅cm

Grounding Bridge Porous PF Spur Gear S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Grounding Plate PF Gear Holder APG Lever
Spring Pad 19.2
S5 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm
--- 1 --- --- ---
--- S6 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
1 1 2 --- --- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
2 S1

S8 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- --- --- --- ---
---
S9 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
S10 C.B SCREW 2.5X6 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
PF Belt Photo Paper S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Main Frame Tensioner ASF Guide Gear ASF Slide Gear
Cassette Gear 16
Assy Stopper S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- ---
5 1 S13
S12 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
--- 4 --- S14 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S6 S19 4 S28 2
S15 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7X5 0.5±0.1 Kgf⋅cm
--- --- ---
(p 122) (p 133) --- S16 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
(p 156) S17 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 2.6X4 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
Compression Compression S18 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 4±1 Kgf⋅cm
PF Motor Assy Spring 0.3 Spring 1
S19 C.B.P-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
Frame Cover 3 --- --- S20 C.P SCREW 3X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

S1 1 --- --- S21 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.6X16 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

3
S22 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 1.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
(p 133) --- ---
S4 --- S23 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X10 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

--- S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X6 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X6 3±1 Kgf⋅cm
S26 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2X8 3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm
S27 C.P SCREW 3X12 6±1 Kgf⋅cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE(P4)SCREW 3X8 6±1 Kgf⋅cm

Flowchart 3-18. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (9)

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 103

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3 Repairing Major Components Disassembly/

Assembly Procedure
 Underlined items in this section are the parts/unit
supplied as ASP.
 When the assembly procedure is the common to ET-8500/ SCN & PNL Unit Assy
L8160 Series and ET-8550/L8180 Series, the photos of ET-
8500/L8160 Series is used, even when the shape is different.

3.3.3.1 Housing Left

1. Open the SCN & PNL Unit Assy. Left

2. Open the SCN Cover Rear. SCN Cover

Rear
3. Open the Cassette Cover, and pull out the Paper Cassette Assy slightly.
4. Remove the four screws.
5. Take care not to hit the SCN Cover Rear, and slightly slide the Housing
Left in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Attach the Housing Left aligning the four hooks on the

Housing Left with the holes on the frame.

Housing Left

Paper Cassette Assy

Housing Left

Left

Cassette Cover
Hook
Hole C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)
Figure 3-16. Figure 3-17.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 104

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.2 Housing Right

1. Open the SCN & PNL Unit Assy.
2. Open the SCN Cover Rear.
3. Open the Tank Cover and the Cap Hinge on the right edge.
4. Remove the three screws.
5. Push part A of the Housing Right outwards, and while taking care not to hit Cap Hinge Tank
the SCN Cover Rear, slightly slide the Housing Right in the direction of Part A Cover

the arrow and remove it.

Right
Attach the Housing Right aligning the three hooks on the
Housing Right with the holes on the frame. SCN Cover
Rear
Housing Right
SCN & PNL Unit Assy

Right

Housing Right
Hook
Hole

Figure 3-18.

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 (3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-19.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 105

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.3 Paper Support Assy 3.3.3.4 Housing Front Assy

1. Open the SCN Cover Rear, and pull out the Paper Support Assy. 1. Remove the Paper Cassette Assy.
2. While pushing the center of the Paper Support Assy, remove the dowels on 2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
both edge of the Paper Support Assy from the grooves on the Rear ASF
3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
Frame, and remove the Paper Support Assy.
4. Disconnect the following FFCs/cable from the Main Board.
Paper Support Assy  Power Button Board FFC: CN21
 Wi-Fi Board Cable: CN3
 Card Slot Board FFC: CN7

Left Housing Front Assy

Dowels

Paper Support Assy

SCN Cover Rear

Power Button Board

Groove of the Rear ASF Frame FFC (CN21)

Card Slot Board

FFC (CN7)
Wi-Fi Board
Main Board Cable (CN3)

Figure 3-21.

Figure 3-20.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 106

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5. Remove the two screws. 3.3.3.5 Housing Middle (ET-8500/L8160 Series)

6. Release the hook on the bottom, and on the top side, release the two bosses 1. Remove the Maintenance Box.
and the hook, and then remove the Housing Front Assy while pushing part
2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
B outwards.
3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
4. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106)
5. Disconnect the following cable from the Main Board.
 Relay Cable: CN15
6. Remove the three screws, and detach the Housing Middle.
Part B
7. Disconnect the relay connector, and remove the Housing Middle.

Relay connector

Hook

Boss
CN15
Bottom Hook

Boss

Housing Front Assy

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-22.

Housing Middle C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-23.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 107

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.6 Housing Middle (ET-8550/L8180 Series) 3.3.3.7 Tank Cover

1. Remove the Maintenance Box. 1. Remove the Maintenance Box.
2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104) 2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105) 3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
4. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106) 4. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106)
5. Disconnect the following cable from the Main Board. 5. Keep the Tank Cover closed, and lift it to disengage the two hooks and
remove the Tank Cover.
 Relay Cable: CN15
6. Open the Maintenance Box Cover. Right

7. Remove the four screws, and detach the Housing Middle.

8. Disconnect the relay connector, and remove the Housing Middle.

Relay connector Hooks

Tank Cover
CN15

Figure 3-25.

Maintenance Box Cover Housing Middle C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-24.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 108

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.8 SCN & PNL Unit Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series) 4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Damper Rack from the SCN &
PNL Unit Assy.
1. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
5. Slightly slide the SCN & PNL Unit Assy in the direction of the arrow and
2. Disconnect the following FFCs from the Main Board, and pull out the
disengage the dowel on the hinge, and remove the SCN & PNL Unit Assy.
Panel FFC from the gap between the Damper Holder and the ASF Upper
Frame Assy.
Left
 SCN FFC: CN70
 SCN Motor FFC: CN72
 Panel FFC: CN20 SCN & PNL Unit Assy

3. Remove the screw, and release the grounding wire.

Left rear ASF Upper Frame Assy

Damper Rack
Damper Holder

Panel FFC (CN20)

SCN Motor FFC
(CN72)

Grounding wire

Hinge
SCN FFC (CN70)
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (4±0.5 Kgf⋅cm) C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-26. Figure 3-27.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 109

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.9 SCN & PNL Unit Assy (ET-8550/L8180 Series) 5. Remove the two screws, and release the Damper Rack on the left from the
SCN & PNL Unit Assy.
1. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
6. Remove the two screws, and release the Damper Rack on the right from the
2. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
SCN & PNL Unit Assy.
3. Disconnect the following FFCs from the Main Board, and pull out the
7. Slightly slide the SCN & PNL Unit Assy in the direction of the arrow and
Panel FFC from the gap between the Damper Holder and the ASF Upper
disengage the dowel on the hinge, and remove the SCN & PNL Unit Assy.
Frame Assy.
 SCN FFC: CN70
Left Right
 SCN Motor FFC: CN72
 Panel FFC: CN20
4. Remove the screw, and remove the grounding wire.

Left rear
ASF Upper Frame Assy
Damper Rack Damper Rack

SCN & PNL Unit Assy

Damper Holder

Grounding wire

SCN Motor FFC

(CN72)

Panel FFC (CN20)

SCN FFC (CN70) Hinge
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (4±0.5 Kgf⋅cm) C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-28. Figure 3-29.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 110

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.10 Main Board Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series) 3.3.3.11 Main Board Assy (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
1. Remove the Housing Left. (p104) 1. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
2. Remove the Housing Right. (p105) 2. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
3. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106) 3. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106)
4. Disconnect the all the FFCs/cables from the Main Board. 4. Disconnect the all the FFCs/cables from the Main Board.
5. Remove the three screws, and remove the Main Board. 5. Remove the three screws, and remove the Main Board.

Left Left
Main Board Assy

Screw the grounding wire together Main Board Assy

Bottom Main Board Assy Bottom Main Board Assy

Frame Base Left Frame Base Left

Hook Hook

C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm) C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm) C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (4.5±0.5 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-30. Figure 3-31.

When reassembling the Main Board Assy, make sure to When reassembling the Main Board Assy, make sure to
engage the five hooks on its bottom with the Frame Base Left. engage the five hooks on its bottom with the Frame Base Left.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 111

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.12 Printhead  When releasing the CR Lock in the next step, rotate the
PF Roller by moving the PF Belt by your hand.
 Before disassembling the Printhead, see “3.1.5.2
Minimizing Ink Leakage during Disassembly for Your  When assembling or reassembling the Printhead, make
sure to position the CR Unit as shown in Figure 3-33.
Safety” (p78) and flush the ink out of the Adapter.
Otherwise, the frame may become deformed causing
 To prevent ink leakage from the adapter tube, move the
valve cam lever toward you before disconnecting the decline in print quality.
adapter tube from the adapter. 4. Release the CR Lock, and move the CR Unit to the position shown below.
1. Open the SCN & PNL Unit Assy. 5. Remove the two screws securing the CR Cover.

2. Remove the two screws securing the Housing Middle Cover. 6. Slightly lift the CR Cover and release the two dowels, and then slide the
CR Cover in the direction of the arrow to remove the two hooks, and
3. Slightly lift the side with the screw holes of the Housing Middle Cover and remove the CR Cover.
release the two dowels, and then remove Housing Middle Cover in the
direction of the arrow.
Hook Hook
Ribs and holes Housing Middle

Dowel and hole Housing Middle Cover Dowel and hole

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-32. PF Belt

When attaching the Housing Middle Cover, align the

CR Cover CR Unit
following positions.
 The holes of the Housing Middle Cover and the two ribs Dowel
of the Housing Middle PF Roller
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 (3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm)
 The two dowels of the Housing Middle Cover and the
holes of the Housing Middle Figure 3-33.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 112

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

7. Remove the Valve Spring using longnose pliers. 12. Remove the six screws securing the Adapter Pressing Plate.
8. Disengage the Tube Guide Sheet from the three hook A on the Adapter 13. Slide all the Adapter Pressing Plate towards the front side of the printer
Tube Assy. respectively, and release Adapter Pressing Plate from the hole on the
Printhead, and then remove all the Adapter and all the Adapter Pressing
9. Disengage the Tube Guide Sheet from the two hook B on the Adapter Tube
Plate.
Assy.
10. Release all the Adapter Tube connected to the Adapters. Adapter
Adapter
Pressing Plate
11. Remove the two screws, and remove the Adapter Tube Assy.

Adapter

CR Unit Adapter Tube

Valve Spring

Hole on the Printhead

Adapter
Tube Assy

HookA
HookB
Tube Guide Sheet
Dowel
Adapter
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm) Pressing Plate

Figure 3-34. C.B.S-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 (3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm)

 Attach the Adapter Tube Assy aligning the dowel on the Figure 3-35.
CR Unit with the positioning hole on the Adapter Tube
Assy. Make sure the end of the Adapter Pressing Plate is insert into
 Insert the Adapter Tube up to the root of the joint of the the hole on the Printhead, and secure the Adapter Pressing
Adapter. Plate with screws.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 113

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

14. Remove the four screws securing the Printhead. 15. Lift the Printhead and disconnect the Head FFCs from the connectors of
the Printhead, and remove the Printhead.

Head FFC

4 3

Printhead

1 2

Printhead

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5X8 (3.5±0.2 Kgf⋅cm)

Head FFC
Figure 3-36.
Figure 3-37.
 When tightening the screws to secure the Printhead, do
not use a electric screwdriver. Tighten the screws with
hands.
 Tighten the screws in the order given in Figure 3-36.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 114

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.13 Key Slot Assy 3.3.3.14 Ink Tank Assy

1. Remove the Maintenance Box. 1. Remove the Maintenance Box.
2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104) 2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105) 3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
4. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106) 4. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106)
5. Remove the Housing Middle. 5. Remove the Housing Middle.
ET-8500/L8160 Series: p107 ET-8500/L8160 Series: p107
ET-8550/L8180 Series: p108 ET-8550/L8180 Series: p108
6. Remove the Tank Cover. (p108) 6. Remove the Tank Cover. (p108)
7. Remove the four screws, and remove the Key Slot Assy. 7. Remove the Key Slot Assy. (p115)

When releasing the CR Lock in the next step, rotate the PF

Roller by moving the PF Belt by your hand.

8. Rotate the PF Roller in the direction of the arrow and release the CR Lock,
Key Slot Assy
and then move the CR Unit to the edge of the Full side.
3
2 Full side
PF Belt

CR Unit

4
1

C.B SCREW 2.5X6 (4±1 Kgf⋅cm)

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm) PF Roller

Figure 3-38.
0-digit side
When reassembling the Key Slot Assy, push the Key Slot Assy
towards the front side of the printer, and then tighten the
screws in the order given in Figure 3-38.
Figure 3-39.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 115

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

9. Remove the six Tank Porous Pad. 11. Disengage the two hooks, and remove the Tube Clamp B.
10. Remove the screw securing the Maintenance Box Joint, and release the 12. Release the Adapter Tube from the Tube Guide.
Waste Ink Tube from the groove on the Tube Guide and the Front Frame.
13. Remove the two screws, and remove the Tube Guide.

Adapter Tube Tube Guide

Groove on the Tube Guide

Maintenance Box Joint

Tube Clamp B

Groove on the Tube Clamp B Tube Guide

Front Frame Frame

Tank Porous
Waste Ink Tube Marking
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)
Hook
Figure 3-40. Dowel and positioning hole
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)
Tube Guide Sheet Hole
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-41.

 Secure the Adapter Tube with the Tube Clamp B so the

Adapter Tube comes on top of the Tube Guide Sheet.
 Align the Tube Clamp B with the marking on the Adapter
Tube and then align the Tube Clamp B with the holes in
the Tube Guide Sheet and the Tube Guide Frame. (See
Figure 3-41)
 Attach the Tube Guide aligning the positioning hole on
the Tube Guide with the dowel on the Frame Base Right.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 116

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

14. Disconnect all the Adapter Tube from the Ink Tank Assy. 16. Remove the six screws, and remove the Ink Tank Assy in the direction of
15. Remove the screw, and remove the Frame Base Right Sub. the arrow.

Adapter Tube Ink Tank Assy

Right Frame Base
Support Right

Frame Base Right Sub

Frame Base Right Sub

Dowels and
Hook and cutout
positioning
holes

Frame Base Right

Ink Tank Assy C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-42.

 When reassembling the Frame Base Right Sub, take care

Hook and hole Frame Base Right
of the followings.
• Make sure to insert the dowel on the Front Frame into C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)
the positioning hole in the Frame Base Right Sub.
• Insert the Frame Base Right Sub into the gap between Figure 3-43.
the Frame Base Support Right and the Frame Base
When installing the Ink Tank Assy, make sure to engage the
Right, and secure it with a screw.
hook on its bottom with the hole in the Frame Base Right.
• Insert the hook on the Frame Base Right Sub into the
cutout on the Frame Base Right.
 Insert the Adapter Tube up to the root of the joint of the
Ink Tank Assy.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 117

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.3.3.15 Inksystem Assy 9. Remove the two screws, and remove the Frame Base Support Right.
1. Remove the Maintenance Box.
2. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
3. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
Right
4. Remove the Housing Front Assy. (p106)
5. Remove the Housing Middle.
ET-8500/L8160 Series: p107
ET-8550/L8180 Series: p108
6. Remove the Tank Cover. (p108)
7. Remove the Key Slot Assy. (p115)

When releasing the CR Lock in the next step, rotate the PF Frame Base Support Right
Roller by moving the PF Belt by your hand. C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X12 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-45.

8. Rotate the PF Roller in the direction of the arrow and release the CR Lock,
and then move the CR Unit to the edge of the full-digit side.

Full-digit side
PF Belt

CR Unit

PF Roller

0-digit side

Figure 3-44.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 118

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

10. Insert a flathead screwdriver or the like into the hole on the bottom of the 11. Remove the screw securing the Maintenance Box Joint, and release the
Frame Base Right, and release the hook on the Tube Joint in the direction Waste Ink Tube from the groove on the Tube Guide and the Front Frame.
of the arrow, and then remove the Tube Joint from the Frame Base Right.

Inksystem Assy

Groove on the Tube Guide

Maintenance Box Joint

Groove on the Front Frame

Tube Joint

Frame Base Right

Waste Ink Tube
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-47.

Tube Joint Bottom Frame

Base Right

Hole
Hook

Figure 3-46.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 119

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

12. Remove the three screws, and remove the Inksystem Assy in the direction 3.3.3.16 Rear ASF Unit
of the arrow.
1. Remove the Housing Left. (p104)
2. Remove the Housing Right. (p105)
3. Remove the SCN & PNL Unit Assy.
ET-8500/L8160 Series: p109
ET-8550/L8180 Series: p110
2
4. Remove the Paper Support Assy. (p106)
5. Disengage the two dowels, and remove the SCN Cover Rear.
Inksystem Assy
Rear

Dowels
1
3

Waste Ink Tube

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-48.

 Take care not to let the Waste Ink Tube get caught when
reassembling the Inksystem Assy.
 When reassembling the Inksystem Assy, tighten the SCN Cover Rear
screws in the order given in Figure 3-48.
Figure 3-49.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 120

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6. Disconnect the cables from the Main Board/Relay Board, and release the 7. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Rear ASF Unit.
two hooks.
Left
 LD Phase Sensor Cable: CN59 (Main Board) Rear ASF Unit
 RASF Paper Sensor Cable: CN3 (Relay Board) 1
2

Left
5 3

6 4

Relay Board
Hooks

RASF Paper Sensor Cable

(CN3)
Main Board

7
LD Phase Sensor Cable
(CN59)

Figure 3-50.

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

C.B.P-TITE(P4) SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Figure 3-51.

When reassembling the Rear ASF Unit, tighten the screws in

the order given in Figure 3-51.

Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 121

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit

PE Sensor PW Sensor PF Encoder/PF Scale

Rear PF Roller
PF Encoder
Main Frame Hole B Dowel PW Sensor

Grounding section
PF Scale

PE Sensor

PF Scale

Head Grounding Plate

Hole A
PE Sensor

PF Encoder

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3X8 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Attach the PE Sensor in the procedure given below. When installing the PW Sensor, make sure that the grounding After attaching the PF Encoder, confirm that the PF Scale and the
1. Align the dowel of the PE Sensor with hole A in the Main Frame from the rear side. section of the Head Grounding Plate is facing upward. PF Encoder is not touching each other.
2. Insert a screwdriver from hole B in the Main Frame, and secure the sensor with screw.

Main Frame Assy PGU Spring/Paper Guide Upper Side Left/Paper Guide Upper Middle Left/Paper Guide Upper Middle Right/
Paper Guide Upper Side Right (ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Full-digit side 0-digit side
Main Frame Assy
Rear
2 Paper Guide
Main Frame
Paper Guide Upper Upper Side Right
1
Middle Right
PGU Spring (Silver) PGU Spring (Black) PGU Spring (Silver) Paper Guide Upper
Main Frame Assy Middle Left
Paper Guide
Upper Side Left

3
Attach the Paper Guide Upper
Paper Guide Upper Side Right Paper Guide Upper Side Left so the side with the two Torsion
4 PE Sensor Springs is facing inside.

Paper Guide Upper Middle Left Paper Guide Upper Middle Right

5
APG Lever
 When removing the Paper Guide Upper Middle Left or the Paper Guide Upper Middle Right, take care not to touch the PE Sensor.
 When removing the Paper Guide Upper, take care not to damage the hooks.

C.B.P-TITE(P4) SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3X6 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm) When removing the Paper Guide Upper Side Left/Paper Guide Upper Middle Left/Paper Guide Upper Middle Right/Paper Guide Upper Side Right,
disengage the hooks from the hole in the Main Frame and remove them towards the rear side.
 Screw in the order given above.
There are two types of PGU Spring; silver type and black type. See the figure above to find which type of PGU Spring must be attached to the Paper
 Since Main Frame Assy may deform, do not screw it while holding it.
Guide Upper Side Left, Paper Guide Upper Middle Left, Paper Guide Upper Middle Right, and Paper Guide Upper Side Right.
 Take care of the APG Lever when attaching the Main Frame Assy.

Disassembly/Assembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 122

外秘
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PGU Spring/Paper Guide Upper Left/Paper Guide Upper Right/Paper Guide Upper Side Left/Paper Guide CR Unit
Upper Middle Left/Paper Guide Upper Middle Right/Paper Guide Upper Side Right (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
Right
Rear CR Unit Slit B Section B Main Frame Assy
Paper Guide Upper Paper Guide
Main Frame Middle Right Upper Side Right Torsion Spring

Paper Guide Upper

PGU Spring (Silver) PGU Spring (Black) PGU Spring (Silver)
Middle Left

Torsion Spring

Paper Guide
Upper Right

Attach the Paper Guide Upper

Paper Guide so the side with the two Torsion
Upper Left Springs is facing inside.
PE Sensor
Paper Guide
Upper Side Left
Section A
Slit A
Hook

 When removing the Paper Guide Upper Left or the Paper Guide Upper Right, take care not to touch the PE Sensor.
 When removing the Paper Guide Upper, take care not to damage the hooks.

When removing the Paper Guide Upper Left/Paper Guide Upper Right/Paper Guide Upper Side Left/Paper Guide Upper Middle Left/Paper Guide
Upper Middle Right/Paper Guide Upper Side Right, disengage the hooks from the hole in the Main Frame and remove them towards the rear side.
When installing the CR Unit to the Main Frame Assy, align the parts below.
There are two types of PGU Spring; silver type and black type. See the figure above to find which type of PGU Spring must be attached to the Paper  Slit A of the CR Unit: Section A of the Main Frame Assy
Guide Upper Side Left, Paper Guide Upper Middle Left, Paper Guide Upper Middle Right, and Paper Guide Upper Side Right.
 Slit B of the CR Unit: Section B of the Main Frame Assy

Star Wheel Assy Paper Guide Front Assy

Frame of the Star Wheel Assy Paper Guide Front Assy

Star Wheel Assy
Torsion Spring L Paper Guide Front Assy

EJ Roller Assy

4
Both ends Torsion Spring R Frame of the
Star Wheel Grounding Spring Star Wheel Assy 3
2

Paper Guide Front Porous Pad

1

Paper Guide Front Porous Pad

C.B.P-TITE(P4) SCREW 3X10 (6±1 Kgf⋅cm)

Groove Groove One of the screws (x4) securing the Paper Guide Front Assy is under the Paper Guide Front Porous Pad. When removing the Paper Guide Front Assy,
Star Wheel Assy
peel off the Paper Guide Front Porous Pad in the position shown above and remove the screw (x1).

 When installing the Star Wheel Assy, follow the procedure below.  When installing the Paper Guide Front Assy, check the following points.
1. Install the Torsion Spring R/Torsion Spring L to the shaft on the Frame Base as shown in the figure above. • The Paper Guide Porous Pad is not wavy.
2. Align both ends of the Star Wheel Assy with the grooves of the Frame Base, and install it. • The rib of the Paper Guide Porous Pad is under the Paper Guide Front Assy.
3. Put each foot of the Torsion Spring R/Torsion Spring L on the frame of the Star Wheel Assy. • Completely wipe drops of ink around the Paper Guide Front Assy.
 Make sure that the foot of the Star Wheel Grounding Spring is touching the shaft of the EJ Roller Assy as shown above.  Tighten the screws in the order shown above.

Disassembly/Assembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 123

外秘
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Adapter Tube/Tube Guide Sheet (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Adapter Tube/Tube Guide Sheet (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Hook B Tube Guide Sheet Hook B Tube Guide Sheet

Align the marking shown Align the marking shown

in a red line in a red line Hook B Hook A
Hook B Hook A

Adapter Tube S Tube Guide Frame Adapter Tube S Tube Guide Frame
Tube Guide Sheet
C Tube Clamp B D

A
A

Valve case B Valve case C

Adapter Tube L Tube Clamp B Adapter Tube L

Tube Clamp B

Holes and hooks (x2) B Holes and hooks (x2)

Tube Clamp A Adapter Tube L Tube Clamp B Adapter Tube S Tube Clamp A Adapter Tube L Tube Clamp B Adapter Tube S
Protrusion Protrusion

Adapter Tube S Adapter Tube S

Adapter Tube L Tube support Tube Clamp A Tube Guide Sheet Hole Tube Guide Frame Adapter Tube L Tube support Tube Clamp A Hole
Tube Guide Sheet Tube Guide Frame

ET-8500/L8160 Series marking position ET-8550/L8180 Series marking position

Adapter side Tank side
612±1 mm
Adapter side Tank side 720±2 mm
52±1 mm 80±1 mm 52±1 mm
28±1 mm 45±1 mm 64±1 mm 28±1 mm 45±1 mm A B C D 80±1 mm

6±1 mm
38±1 mm A B C 46±1 mm 6±1 mm
38±1 mm
64±1 mm
46±1 mm
2±1 mm 2±1 mm
4±1 mm 29±1 mm 29±1 mm
4±1 mm
14±1 mm 14±1 mm

33±1 mm 33±1 mm
41±1 mm 41±1 mm
48±1 mm 48±1 mm
127±1 mm 127±1 mm
234±1 mm 194±1 mm
360±1 mm *The dot lines show that the marking is on the back. 269±1 mm *The dot lines show that the marking is on the back.
408±1 mm

Remove the Tube Guide Sheet from the valve case in the procedure given below. Remove the Tube Guide Sheet from the valve case in the procedure given below.
1. Release the three hook A on the valve case. 1. Release the three hook A on the valve case.
2. Slide the Tube Guide Sheet in the direction of the arrow and release the two hook B. 2. Slide the Tube Guide Sheet in the direction of the arrow and release the two hook B.
 When attaching the Adapter Tube S/L, align the markings (A, B, C, red line) on the Adapter Tube S/L with the positions shown above.  When attaching the Adapter Tube S/L, align the markings (A, B, C, D, red line) on the Adapter Tube S/L with the positions shown above.
 Attach the Tube Clamp A to the Adapter Tube S/L so the opening of the Tube Clamp A face towards the Tube Guide Frame.  Attach the Tube Clamp A to the Adapter Tube S/L so the opening of the Tube Clamp A face towards the Tube Guide Frame.
 Align the protrusion on the Tube Clamp B with the hole in the Tube Guide Frame, and attach it in the following order; Tube Guide Frame, Tube  Align the protrusion on the Tube Clamp B with the hole in the Tube Guide Frame, and attach it in the following order; Tube Guide Frame, Tube
Guide Sheet, Adapter Tube S/L, Tube Clamp B. Guide Sheet, Adapter Tube S/L, Tube Clamp B.
 Wrap the Tube Support around the Adapter Tube as shown above, and insert the hook on the Tube Support through its hole and secure it.  Wrap the Tube Support around the Adapter Tube as shown above, and insert the hook on the Tube Support through its hole and secure it.

Disassembly/Assembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 124

外秘
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad / Bridge Porous Pad (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad / Cover Frame Rear Lower Porous Pad / Cover Frame Lower Porous Pad /
Bridge Porous Pad (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Bridge Porous Pad Bridge Porous Pad

Bridge Porous Pad
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad C Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad B

Cover Frame Lower Porous Pad 2 (x2)

Cover Frame Rear Lower Porous Pad 2 (x4)
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad B
Bridge Porous Pad
Bridge Porous Pad Cover Frame Rear
Lower Porous Pad 1

Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Left 2
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Right 2 (x2)
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Right 3 (x4) Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Left 1 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad Right 1

 Install the Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A/B/C/D with aligning them with the rib on the Frame Base without lifting.  Install each Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad while aligning them with the rib on the Frame Base without lifting.
 Install the Bridge Porous Pad as shown above, and make sure that it is touching the Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad.  Install the Bridge Porous Pad as shown above, and make sure that it is touching the Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad.

Adapter Seal EJ Roller Assy Gears on the right side of the Frame Base
Right
Cross-section
Spur Gear 13.6 Combination Gear 21.6, 16
Top 1
7 1 Holder Gear
EJ Roller Assy
8
Adapter Seal
1
6
Bottom

1
3
9
Spur Gear 32
4 5

Stacker Drive Shaft

Stacker Drive Shaft 1 Spur Gear 21.6 6 Combination Gear 24.18

Grounding Spring Holder Planet Assy
2 Spur Gear 16 7 Spur Gear 13.6B
3 Dual Oneway Clutch Assy 8 Planetary Gear 12 Spur Gear 44
4 Oneway Assy 9 Spur Gear 28
5 Spur Gear 13.6 Combination Gear 39.2, 13.6

Make sure to attach the Adapter Seal in the orientation shown Install the Stacker Drive Shaft Grounding Spring as shown above. Install the gears on the right side of the Frame Base to the positions shown above.
above.

Disassembly/Assembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 125

外秘
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Inside the SCN Unit

ET-8500/L8160 Series ET-8550/L8180 Series

Combination Gear 12.1,11.3 SCN Driven Pulley

SCN Driven Pulley

Combination Gear 12.1,11.3

SCN Timing Belt SCN Timing Belt

Attach the SCN Timing Belt to the smaller gear (the one under) of the Combination Gear 12.1,11.3 and to the SCN Driven Pulley.

Disassembly/Assembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 126

外秘
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

3.5 Routing FFCs/cables

Around the Main Board LED Board Cable Power Button Board FFC

PE Sensor FFC (CN4) Card Slot Board FFC (CN7)

Power Button Board Housing Front
Wi-Fi Board (CN3) Left Assy
Ferrite core
Power Button Board FFC
CR Motor Ferrite core LED Board cable Power Button Board
Cable
(CN30: white)

PF Motor
Cable
Double-sided tape (CN31: red) Power Button Board FFC (CN21)

Card Slot Board

Assy

PS Unit Cable
Left (CN5)

Paper Cassette Stacker Encoder Cable LED Board Housing Front Assy
Sensor Cable (CN14)
(CN5)
Holder Connector
FFC (CN60) Slit
Relay Board Hook A

Hook B Power Button Board FFC Double-sided tape

Connect the LED Board Cable to the LED Board, and set the ferrite core into
Photo Paper Hook C the position shown above, and then route the cable through the slits (x4), and Secure the Power Button Board FFC to the position shown above with
Cassette Sensor double-sided tape (x3).
Cable (CN6)
connect it to the Power Button Board.

RASF Paper Sensor

Cable (CN3)
Main Board Tank Cover Open Sensor/Relay Cable

Relay Board FFC Front Top Tank Cover Open

(Main Board: CN151) Sensor
(Relay Board: CN2) Housing Middle
Left Slit A Relay connector
Relay Cable
Stacker Motor
Cable (CN36) Slit B
PF Encoder FFC
LD Phase Sensor Cable (CN13) Relay Cable (CN15) Stacker Open Sensor Relay Cable
(CN59: red) (Tank Cover Open Sensor) Cable (CN54)

Relay Board Main Board

CN6 CN5
CN501
CN4
Front Frame
CN4 CN2
CN151 CN30 CN31
CN59 CN50 CN41 CN43 CN21
CN1 CN40 CN42 CN7
CN3 CN70 CN60 Front Frame Relay Cable
CN15 CN54 CN3
CN72 CN20 CN36 CN14
CN2
CN13
Front Frame Groove
Slit
 When connecting the FFCs and the cables to the connectors on the Main Board, refer to the figure above.
Hook
 PE Sensor FFC (Relay Board: CN4)
After connecting to the connector (CN4) on the Relay Board, secure it with double-sided tape to the two points of the Frame Base Left shown above.
 Tank Cover Open Sensor Cable
 PS Unit Cable (Main Board: CN501) /CR Motor Cable (Main Board: CN30)
Route the cable into the groove of the Front Frame, and set the relay connector into the position shown above.
Route the cables through hook B and hook C, and then connect them to the connectors (CN501/CN30) on the Main Board.
 Relay Cable
 PF Motor Cable (Main Board: CN31)
Set the ferrite core into the position shown above, and then route the PF Motor Cable through hook B and hook C, and connect the cable to the connector 1. Connect the cable to the relay connector of the Tank Cover Open Sensor Cable.
(CN31) on the Main Board. 2. Route the cable into the groove of the Front Frame.
 RASF Paper Sensor Cable (Relay Board: CN3) /LD Phase Sensor Cable (Main Board: CN59) 3. Route the cable through the slits (x2) on the front side of the Housing Middle, hook it on the hook.
Route the cables through hook A and hook B, and then connect them to the connectors respectively. 4. After routing the cable through slit A on the Front Frame, pull it out to the left side of the printer, and hook it on slit B on the Front Frame.

Disassembly/Assembly Routing FFCs/cables 127

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PS Unit/CR Motor (ET-8500/L8160 Series) PS Unit/CR Motor (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Right Hook Ferrite Core A Ferrite Core B Right Hook C Damper Holder Right Ferrite Core A
CR Motor Cable/ Hook E CR Motor Cable Ferrite Core B
Hook C PS Unit cable
Slit A

Rear Cover
Hook Main Frame Hook B
CR Motor Cable CR Motor Cable

CR Motor Ferrite Core B CR Motor Hook D

CR Motor
PS Unit
PS Unit
CR Motor
PS Unit cable Hook A
Slit
Hook A Main Frame
PS Unit cable Hook B After routing the PS Unit Cable and the CR Motor Cable in the following procedure, refer to ”Rear (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (p128)” for further procedure.
 PS Unit Cable
After routing the PS Unit Cable and the CR Motor Cable in the following procedure, hook the acetate tape portion of the cable on hook C on the Main Frame.
Refer to ”Rear (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (p128)” for further procedure. 1. Hook the cable to hook A (x2) on the PS Unit, and set the Ferrite Core A into the position shown above, and then secure it with hook B.
 PS Unit Cable 2. Hook the cable through the hooks (x3) on the Damper Holder Right.
1. Hook the cable to hook A (x2) on the PS Unit, and set the Ferrite Core A into the position shown above. 3. Pass the cable through the gap between the Damper Holder Right and the CR Motor. Then, tie the cable and the CR Motor Cable together with acetate tape, and put
the taped portion on hook E.
2. Hook the cable to the hooks (x2) on the Rear Cover.
 CR Motor Cable
 CR Motor Cable
1. Route the cable through slit A on Damper Holder Right, and hook it on hook D on the top of the PS Unit.
1. Hook the cable to hook B on the top of the PS Unit, and set the Ferrite Core B into the position shown above.
2. Insert Ferrite Core B in the position shown above, and route the cable around the Damper Holder Right and hook it on hook C on the Damper Holder Right.
2. Hook the cable to the hooks of the Rear Cover.
3. Tie the cable and the PS Unit Cable together with acetate tape, and put the taped portion on hook E.

Rear (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Rear (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Rear Rear PS Unit cable/ Acetate tape Main Frame
PS Unit cable/ Acetate tape Main Frame
CR Motor Cable
CR Motor Cable
Hole of Frame Base Left CR Frame Plate Acetate tape Hole of Frame Base Left
Acetate tape

Frame Base Left

Frame Base Left
CR Frame Plate

PE Sensor PE Sensor FFC PE Sensor PE Sensor FFC

PE Sensor FFC PE Sensor FFC

Main Frame Double-sided tape Marking Main Frame Double-sided tape Marking
Hook
Hook
 PE Sensor FFC
1. Fold the PE Sensor FFC along the fold line, and then secure the cable to the position shown above with double-sided tape.  PE Sensor FFC
2. Route the cable through the gap between the Frame Base Left and the Main Frame, and then pull it out to the right side of the printer. 1. Fold the PE Sensor FFC along the fold line, and then secure the cable to the position shown above with double-sided tape.
 PS Unit Cable/CR Motor Cable (see also ”PS Unit/CR Motor (ET-8500/L8160 Series) (p128)”) 2. Route the cable through the gap between the Frame Base Left and the Main Frame, and then pull it out to the right side of the printer.
1. Route the cables under the CR Frame Plate, and then put the four portions taped with acetate tape on the hooks (x3) on the Main Frame respectively.  PS Unit Cable/CR Motor Cable (see also ”PS Unit/CR Motor (ET-8550/L8180 Series) (p128)”)
2. Route them through the hole on the Frame Base Left, and pull them out to the right side of the printer. 1. Route the cables under the CR Frame Plate, and then put the four portions taped with acetate tape on the hooks (x4) on the Main Frame respectively.
2. Route them through the hole on the Frame Base Left, and pull them out to the right side of the printer.

Disassembly/Assembly Routing FFCs/cables 128

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

ASF Upper Frame Assy Panel FFC PW Sensor FFC

Locked Unlocked
ASF Upper Frame Assy

CR Unit
PW Sensor

PW Sensor FFC

Panel FFC

Groove
RASF Paper Sensor LD Phase Sensor Slit A
Slit B

 RASF Paper Sensor Cable Panel Assy Double-sided tape

Route the cable through Slit B (x4) and the groove (x1) on the ASF Upper Frame Assy.
 LD Phase Sensor Cable Follow the fold line of the PW Sensor FFC and route them as shown above,
Release the connector lock and then insert the Panel FFC into the connector.
Route the cable through Slit A (x2), Slit B (x4) and the groove (x1) on the ASF Upper Frame Assy. Then close the connector lock to lock it. and then secure it with double-sided tape (x2).

SCN FFC/SCN Motor FFC/Panel FFC (1) SCN FFC/SCN Motor FFC/Panel FFC (2)

Rear left ASF Upper Frame Assy

Panel FFC
Double-sided tape
SCN FFC CIS Module
Panel FFC SCN FFC
Grounding wire

Damper
Groove Holder
Panel FFC
Grounding wire
Ferrite core

Grounding wire
Damper
Holder

Scanner
Motor Double-sided tape
SCN Motor Damper Holder Panel FFC (CN20) Hook
FFC SCN Motor FFC (CN72) SCN FFC (CN70) C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN (4±0.5kgf.cm)

After assembling the SCN & PNL Unit Assy, route the SCN FFC, the SCN Motor FFC, the Panel FFC and the grounding wire in the procedure given below.
Double-sided tape Double-sided tape 1. Route the Panel FFC through the gap between the Damper Holder and the ASF Upper Frame Assy, and pull it out to the left side of the printer.
2. Pull the SCN FFC and the grounding wire out to the rear side of the printer.
Scanner Housing Lower Panel FFC
3. Route the grounding wire through the hook (x1) and the grooves (x2) on the Damper Holder, and secure the terminal of the grounding wire with a screw as shown above.
4. Route the SCN Motor FFC to the hook (x1) on the Damper Holder, and secure it with double-sided tape (x1).
Follow the fold line of the SCN FFC, the SCN Motor FFC, and the Panel FFC and route them as shown above, and then secure them with double-sided tape. 5. Connect the SCN FFC and the SCN Motor FFC to the connectors (CN70/CN72) on the Main Board.
6. Connect the Panel FFC to the connector (CN20) on the Main Board, and then secure it to the Damper Holder with double-sided tape.

Disassembly/Assembly Routing FFCs/cables 129

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Stacker Motor/Stacker Encoder/Grounding wire/Photo Paper Cassette Sensor/Paper Cassette Sensor (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Stacker Motor/Stacker Encoder/Grounding wire/Photo Paper Cassette Sensor (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
Left CN6 Relay Board CN5 Left
Groove of the Stacker Gear Cover Left front Ferrite core
Grounding Photo Paper CN6 Relay CN5
Photo Paper Stacker Encoder Cassette Ferrite core
wire Hole A
Cassette Sensor Cable Sensor cable
cable

Acetate tape

Hook A Hook
Hook B Slit
Stacker Encoder cable
Stacker Drive Holder Hook C
Paper Cassette
Sensor cable Stacker Motor cable Frame Base Left C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN (6±1kgf.cm) Paper
Cassette
 Paper Cassette Sensor Cable Hook A Hook
Sensor cable
Pull the cable out from the Frame Base Left and route it through hook C on the Frame Base Left, and then connect it to the connector (CN5) on the Relay Board. Hole B Hook B Slit
Stacker Motor cable Frame Base Left Hook C
 Photo Paper Cassette Sensor Cable
Pull the cable out from the Frame Base Left and route it through hook B, the hooks (x6), the slits (x2), hook C on the Frame Base Left, and then connect it to the
connector (CN6) on the Relay Board.  Photo Paper Cassette Sensor Cable
 Stacker Motor Cable Pull the cable out from hole A in the Frame Base Left, and route it through hook B, the hooks (x6), the slits (x2), hook C on the Frame Base Left, and then
Pull the cable out from the Front Frame and route it through the slits (x3), hook A, the slits (x3), the hooks (x6), hook C on the Frame Base Left, and then connect it to the connector (CN6) on the Relay Board.
connect it to the connector (CN36) on the Main Board.  Stacker Motor Cable
 Stacker Encoder Cable Pull the cable out from hole B in the Frame Base Left, and insert the ferrite core in the position shown above, and route it through the slits (x7), hook B, the slits
Pull the cable out from the groove of the Stacker Gear Cover, and route it through the hooks (x2) on the Stacker Drive Holder, and then connect it to the (x3), the hooks (x5) on the Frame Base Left, and then connect it to the connector (CN36) on the Main Board.
connector (CN14) on the Main Board.  Stacker Encoder Cable
 Grounding wire Pull the cable out from hole B in the Frame Base Left, and route it through the slits (x7), hook B, hook A on the front of the Frame Base Left, and then connect
Pull the grounding wire out from the Front Frame and route it through the slits (x2) on the Frame Base Left, and secure it to the frame of the Main Board with a screw. it to the connector (CN14) on the Main Board.

Stacker Open Sensor (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Stacker Open Sensor (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
Left Left
Bottom of the Paper Guide Front Assy Bottom of the Paper Guide Front Assy
Paper Guide Front Assy Paper Guide Front Assy

Hole of the Frame Base Left Hole of the Frame Base Left
Into the hole on the Into the hole on the
Frame Base Left Frame Base Left

Stacker Open Sensor cable

Boss

Stacker Open Sensor Stacker Open Sensor

Hook
Slit
Acetate tape Stacker Open Sensor cable Hook
Rib
Slit

1. Route the cable through the slit (x1) and the hooks (x3) on the bottom of the Paper Guide Front Assy, and pull it out of the hole on the Frame Base Left. 1. Route the cable through the slit (x1) and the hooks (x3) on the bottom of the Paper Guide Front Assy, and pull it out of the hole on the Frame Base Left.
2. Route the cable through the hooks (x2) and the slits (x2) on the Frame Base Left, and secure it with acetate tape, and then connect it to the connector (CN54) 2. Route the cable through the hooks (x2) and the slit on the Frame Base Left.
on the Main Board.  Route the cable above the boss and hook it on the rib, and then connect it to the connector (CN54) on the Main Board.

Disassembly/Assembly Routing FFCs/cables 130

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Holder Connector FFC (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Holder Connector FFC (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Holder Connector FFC Front Frame Holder Connector FFC

Front Frame Holder Connector FFC Holder Connector

Holder Connector FFC Holder Connector

Holder Connector FFC Rib Holder Connector FFC Rib

Front Frame Front Frame

Holder Connector FFC Holder Connector FFC
Double-sided tape Double-sided tape

Route the Holder Connector FFC through the rib (x1) and as shown above, and then secure it with double-sided tape (x4). Route the Holder Connector FFC through the rib (x1) and as shown above, and then secure it with double-sided tape (x4).

Head FFC/CR Encoder FFC (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Head FFC/CR Encoder FFC (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
CR Unit Acetate tape
CR Unit Head FFC/CR Encoder FFC CR Unit CR Unit
CR Unit

Head FFC Head FFC

Head FFC/CR Encoder FFC
Ferrite core
Ferrite core

Main Board CN50 CR Encoder FFC CN50 CR Encoder FFC

Main Board
CN40 CN40
Double-sided tape CN41 Double-sided tape CN50 CN41
Front Frame Head FFC Front Frame Head FFC
Rib Rib
CN50 CN42 CN40 CN42
Hook Hook
Slit CN40 CN41 CN42 CN43 Head FFC/CR Encoder FFC CN43 Slit CN41 CN42 CN43 Head FFC/CR Encoder FFC CN43

 Secure the CR Encoder FFC and the Head FFC with double-sided tape (x2).  Secure the CR Encoder FFC and the Head FFC with double-sided tape (x2).
 Pull out the Head FFC and the CR Encoder FFC from the hole on the CR Unit, and then route them in the procedure given below.  Pull out the Head FFC and the CR Encoder FFC from the hole on the CR Unit, and then route them in the procedure given below.
1. Hook the cables on the rib on the CR Unit, and then route them through the hooks (x3) and slits (x3) on the Front Frame. 1. Hook the cables on the rib on the CR Unit, and then route them through the hooks (x3) and slits (x4) on the Front Frame.
2. Fold the cables along the fold lines, and route them through the ferrite core, and then set the ferrite core into the position shown above. 2. Fold the cables along the fold lines, and route them through the ferrite core, and then set the ferrite core into the position shown above.
3. Connect them to the connectors (CN50/CN40/CN41/CN42/CN43) on the Main Board. 3. Connect them to the connectors (CN50/CN40/CN41/CN42/CN43) on the Main Board.

Disassembly/Assembly Routing FFCs/cables 131

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Paper Cassette Sensor (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Rear

Left

Paper Cassette Sensor cable

Paper Cassette Sensor cable

Rib
ASF Bank Assy Slit

 Paper Cassette Sensor Cable

Route the cable through the slits (x2) on the Frame Base Left and pull it out to the left of the Frame Base Left, and route the cable through the slit and rib on the
Frame Base Left, and then connect it to the connector (CN5) on the Relay Board.

Disassembly/Assembly Routing FFCs/cables 132

Confidential
 CHAPTER

4
ADJUSTMENT

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.1 Required Adjustments

The table from the following page lists the required adjustments depending
upon the parts being repaired or replaced. Find the part(s) you removed or
replaced, and check which adjustment(s) must be carried out.

 If the EEPROM data cannot be read out from the old

Main Board using the Adjustment Program when
replacing the Main Board is required, the Waste Ink Pads
must be replaced with the Main Board at the same time.
 After all required adjustments are complete, use the
“Final check pattern print” function to print all
adjustment patterns for final check. If you find a problem
with the printout patterns, carry out the adjustment
again.
 When replacing the Main Board and the Printer
Mechanism at the same time, the adjustment should be
made after performing the initial setting.
 When disassembled the SCN Unit and replaced the Panel
FFC, make sure to perform scan using Scanner Driver to
check if there is no problem on scan result.

 Meaning of the marks used in the tables on the next pages

are as follows.
• ◯ : Required only when replacing
• ◎ : Required when removing and/or replacing
• - : No adjustment is required
 If there are multiple adjustment items for a replaced part,
be sure to carry them out in the priority order indicated
in the table.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 134

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Table 4-1. Adjustment Correspondence Table

Main Board (EEPROM Copy OK)

Main Board (EEPROM Copy NG)

Cover Frame Rear Lower Porous Pad

Paper Guide Upper Middle Right

Paper Guide Upper Middle Left
Relevant parts

Paper Guide Upper Side Right/

Paper Guide Upper Side Left/
Cover Frame Lower Porous Pad/
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad/

Paper Guide Upper Right/

Printer Mechanism (ASP)

Paper Guide Upper Left/
Paper Guide Front Assy

Head Grounding Plate

Paper Cassette Assy

Main Frame Assy

Star Wheel Assy

ASF Bank Assy

PF Motor Assy
EJ Roller Assy

Ink Tank Assy

Stacker Motor
Priority order

Duplex Unit

Frame Base
PW Sensor
Panel Assy

PE Sensor

CR Motor
Printhead

SCN Unit

PF Roller

CR Unit
Adjustment item

PS Unit
1 PG Adjustment - - ◎ ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - ◎ - ○ - - - - - - - ○
2 EEPROM Data Copy - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Initial Setting (S/No. & MAC
3 - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Address)
4 Head ID Input - - ○ - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5 Maintenance Counter - - - - ○ - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○
6 Initialize PF deterioration offset - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - ○
Initialize PW detector deterioration
7 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - ○
offset
Photo sensor light emission
8 - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - ○ - - - - ○ - - - - - - ○
amount adjustment
9 PF motor heat protection control - - - - - - ○ - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - ○
10 CR motor heat protection control - - - - - - ○ - - - - ○ - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - ○
Stacker motor heat protection
11 - - - - - - ○ - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - -
control
12 Ink Charge - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○
13 PTS delay adjustment - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14 PF/EJ adjustment - ○ - ◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - ○ ◎ ◎ - ○ ◎ - - - - ○ - - - - ○
15 PF Band adjustment - ○ - ◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - ○ ◎ ◎ - ○ ◎ - - - - ◎ - - - - ○
16 PW adjustment ○ ○ ○ - - - - ○ - - - ○ - - - - ◎ - ◎ ○ ◎ - - - - - ○
17 Head angular adjustment - - ◎ - - - - - - - - ○ - - - - ◎ - ◎ ◎ - - - ○ - - ○
18 Bi-d adjustment - - ◎ - - - - - - - - ○ ○ ○ - - ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ - - - ◎ - - ○

Adjustment Required Adjustments 135

Confidential
 Priority order

24
22
23
21
20
19

Adjustment
control
APG check
PE adjustment
Adjustment item

Paper Skew adjustment

Final check pattern print

Preparation for shipment
Scanner motor heat protection
Relevant parts

-
-
-
-

Paper Cassette Assy

◎
◎
-
-
-

◎ Duplex Unit
◎
○

-
-

Printhead
◎
◎
○
◎

-
-
-

Paper Guide Front Assy

◎
◎
○

Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad/

EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series

-
-
-
-

Cover Frame Lower Porous Pad/

◎
◎

Cover Frame Rear Lower Porous Pad

-
-
-
-

Star Wheel Assy

◎
◎
-
-
-

PS Unit
◎
◎
○

-
-
-
-

ASF Bank Assy

◎
◎
-
-
-
-

Panel Assy
◎
◎
-
-
-

SCN Unit
◎
◎
○

-
-
-
-

Main Board (EEPROM Copy OK)

◎
◎
-

Main Board (EEPROM Copy NG)

◎
◎
○
○
○

Required Adjustments
Paper Guide Upper Left/
-
-
-

Paper Guide Upper Side Left/

◎
◎
○

Paper Guide Upper Middle Left

Paper Guide Upper Right/
Table 4-1. Adjustment Correspondence Table

-
-
-

Paper Guide Upper Side Right/

◎
◎
○

Paper Guide Upper Middle Right

-
-
-

PE Sensor
◎
◎
○

-
-
-

PF Roller
◎
◎
○

-
-

Main Frame Assy

◎
◎
◎
◎

-
-
-

CR Motor
◎
◎
◎

-
-

CR Unit
◎
◎
◎
◎

-
-
-

PW Sensor
◎
◎
○

-
-
-
-

Head Grounding Plate

◎
◎
-
-
-
-

EJ Roller Assy
◎
◎
-
-
-
-

PF Motor Assy
◎
◎
-
-
-

Frame Base
◎
◎
○

-
-
-
-

Stacker Motor
◎
◎
-
-
-
-

Ink Tank Assy

◎
◎
-
-

Confidential

Printer Mechanism (ASP)

◎
◎
○
○
Revision A

136
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.2 Adjustment Program

This section provides the operating environment, functions related to safety and privacy policy, and the adjustment item newly added of the Adjustment Program.
See " 4.1 Required Adjustments (p134)" for the adjustments not explained here.

4.2.1 Operating Environment

The operating environment for the Adjustment Program is as follows.
 OS:Windows 8.1, Windows 10
 Interface:USB

4.2.2 Adjustment and Inspection List

 Mechanical adjustments and inspections

Adjustment name Purpose Adjustment procedure overview Tools Reference

PG adjustment Set the clearance of the gap between the nozzle Place a thickness gauge in the specified location and then • Thickness gauge. P.150
surface of the printhead and the platen to an move the CR Unit over the thickness gauge and check the
appropriate amount. clearance.
Scanner zero point adjustment Minimize the margin amount of the scanned Detects the position of the Document Cover Mat using • Adjustment Program P.155
image. Adjustment Program and then corrects the scanner zero
point using detected mat position.

 Software adjustments and inspections

Adjustment Item Adjustment /

Purpose inspection paper / Adjustment procedure overview Tools Reference
Category Name feed tray
Initial settings EEPROM Data When the Main Board needs to be With the old Board installed, use the • Adjustment ---
Copy replaced, use this to copy adjustment adjustment program to read out the Program
values stored on the old Main Board to EEPROM data, and after exchanging
the new board. If this copy is completed --- with the new Board, load the read out
successfully, all the other adjustments data.
required after replacing the Main Board
are no longer be necessary.
Initial Setting This must be carried out after replacing Enter the product serial number of the • Adjustment ---
the Main Board to apply settings for the printer using the adjustment program, and Program
---
target market, etc. Perform MAC write the initial setting information onto
address Setting if necessary. the Main Board.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 137

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Adjustment Item Adjustment /

Purpose inspection paper / Adjustment procedure overview Tools Reference
Category Name feed tray
Initial settings Head ID Input Input the ID incorporating the Select “Head ID Input” from the • Adjustment ---
correction values for Printhead Adjustment Program and execute the Program
production variations. --- item. (Auto input) After the ID is input,
check that the correct printhead ID has
been written in the same menu.
Initialize PF Reset the deterioration correction Select “Initialize PF deterioration offset” • Adjustment ---
deterioration counter. --- or “Initialize PW sensor deterioration Program
offset counter” from the Adjustment Program
and execute the counter reset.
Initialize PW • Adjustment ---
detector Program
---
deterioration
counter
Adjustment PF motor heat Measure product variations to set the Automatically measure the correction • Adjustment ---
(Mechanical) protection appropriate correction values. Also, --- value and perform the operation load Program
control make a pass/fail judgment by check by selecting “XX heat protection
calculating whether or not the control” from the Adjustment Program
CR motor heat ---
operation load is within the expected menu and executing the item.
protection ---
range from the motor current value.
control
Scanner motor ---
heat protection ---
control
Stacker motor ---
heat protection ---
control
Photo sensor To adjust the current values supplied Paper type: Plain Paper Select from the menu of the Adjustment • Adjustment ---
light level to the sensor to optimize the light Size: A4 Program and select the relevant sensor's Program
adjustment amount of the PE / PW Sensor. check box to adjust. After the paper is fed
and ejected, the correction value is
automatically corrected and the
measurement value is written to the
EEPROM on the Main Board.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 138

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Adjustment Item Adjustment /

Purpose inspection paper / Adjustment procedure overview Tools Reference
Category Name feed tray
Adjustment PTS delay Correct the impact offset caused by a Paper type: Plain Paper Select “PTS delay adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.142
(Print adjustment difference in the speed of the low Size: A4 Adjustment Program and execute the item Program
adjustment by speed part and acceleration/ to print the adjustment pattern. Determine
program) deceleration part of the CR. the adjustment value from the adjustment
pattern based on the judgment criteria and
then enter the adjustment value from the
PTS delay adjustment menu.
PF/EJ Use software to correct the offset due Paper type: Photo matte paper Select “PF/EJ adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.143
adjustment to mechanical variations and media Size: A4 Adjustment Program and execute the Program
transportation characteristics. item to print the adjustment pattern.
Determine the adjustment value from the
adjustment pattern based on the judgment
criteria and then enter the adjustment
value from the PF/EJ adjustment menu.
PF Band Use software to correct the offset of Paper type: Plain Paper Select “PF Band adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.144
adjustment when band printing due to mechanical Size: A4 Adjustment Program and execute the Program
variations and media transportation item to print the adjustment pattern.
characteristics. Determine the adjustment value from the
adjustment pattern based on the judgment
criteria and then enter the adjustment
value from the PF Band adjustment
menu.
PW adjustment Use software to correct the offset due Paper type: Plain Paper Select “PW adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.145
to sensor characteristics and Size: A4 Adjustment Program and execute the Program
attachment variations. item to print the adjustment pattern. • Ruler
Determine the adjustment value from the
adjustment pattern based on the judgment
criteria and then enter the adjustment
value from the PW adjustment menu.
Head angular Use software to correct the vertical/ Paper type: Plain Paper Select “head angular adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.146
adjustment horizontal tilt occurs when installing Size: A4 Adjustment Program and execute the item Program
the head. to print the adjustment pattern. Determine
the adjustment value from the adjustment
pattern based on the judgment criteria and
then enter the adjustment value from the
head angular adjustment menu.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 139

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Adjustment Item Adjustment /

Purpose inspection paper / Adjustment procedure overview Tools Reference
Category Name feed tray
Adjustment Bi-d adjustment Use software to correct the print Paper type: Plain Paper Select “Bi-d adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.147
(Print timing for aligning the print position Size: A4 Adjustment Program and execute the Program
adjustment by between the outward path and return item to print the adjustment pattern.
program) path when bidirectional printing. Determine the adjustment value from the
adjustment pattern based on the judgment
criteria and then enter the adjustment
value from the Bi-d adjustment menu.
Paper Skew Use software to correct the print Paper type: Plain Paper Select “Paper Skew adjustment” from the • Adjustment P.148
adjustment timing for aligning the print position Size: A4 Adjustment Program menu and execute the Program
between the outward path and return item to print the adjustment pattern.
path when bidirectional printing in Determine the adjustment value from the
band feed mode. adjustment pattern based on the judgment
criteria and then enter the adjustment value
from the Paper Skew adjustment menu.
PE adjustment Use software to correct the paper Paper type: Plain Paper Select “PE adjustment” from the • Adjustment ---
detection position offset caused by Size: A4 Adjustment Program menu and execute, Program
variations in the PE sensor attachment and run plain paper through. Correct in
position and printhead position. software paper errors in detected position.
Maintenance Head Cleaning Run this cleaning when dots missing Perform a head cleaning using the adjustment • Adjustment ---
is observed on an adjustment pattern --- program, and print a nozzle check pattern to Program
printed by the adjustment program. see if all the nozzles fire ink properly.
Ink Charge This must be carried out after After installing the Waste Ink Tray Assy, • Adjustment ---
replacing the Printhead in order to fill perform an ink charge using the adjustment Program
ink inside the all nozzles of the new --- program, and print a nozzle check pattern to
ASP Printhead. see if all the nozzles fire ink properly. The
auto cleaning is also settable.
Maintenance When a maintenance error occurs, After exchanging the Paper Guide Lower • Adjustment ---
Counter replace the waste ink pad and reset Porous Pad A/B/C/D initialize the Program
the counter for the pad using this counter by the adjustment program.
menu. When the counter is nearly
---
full, but the error has not occurred
yet, you can do the same to prevent
the user from ordering repair service
again in the near feature.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 140

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

Adjustment Item Adjustment /

Purpose inspection paper / Adjustment procedure overview Tools Reference
Category Name feed tray
Maintenance CR lock release Used to unlock the CR lock from the From the adjustment program menu, • Adjustment ---
adjustment program, and to ensure that select and run CR lock release. Program
---
the CR lock is not enabled even when
the printer is turned OFF.
Final check Use this to check if the all Paper type: Plain Paper, Photo The all adjustment patterns are printed • Adjustment ---
pattern print adjustments have been properly Matte paper automatically. Program
made. Size: A4
Preparation for After repairs, reset the error history, Select “Preparation for shipment” from • Adjustment P.149
shipment and as necessary select cleaning when --- the Adjustment Program menu and Program
the printer is next turned on. execute it.
APG check Used to perform PG switching From the adjustment program menu, • Adjustment ---
operation, and check whether the PG select and run APG check. Program
---
switching function is operating
normally.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 141

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.2.3 Details of the Adjustment Program  Judgment

Select the pattern for which there is no gap and overlapping of the left and
PTS DELAY ADJUSTMENT right patterns.

 Paper and feed tray  Adjustment procedure

 Paper size: A4 1. Start the Adjustment Program.

 Paper type: Plain paper 2. Select “PTS delay adjustment”.
 Feed tray: Paper Cassette 1st 3. The PTS delay adjustment menu appears.
 Adjustment pattern 4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 142

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PF/EJ ADJUSTMENT  Adjustment procedure

1. Start the Adjustment Program.
 Paper and feed tray
 Paper size: A4 2. Select “PF/EJ adjustment”.
 Paper type: Photo matte paper 3. The PF/EJ adjustment menu appears.
 Adjustment pattern 4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

 Judgment
Select the numerical value of the pattern that has no overlapping of the
upper and lower blocks and the least white bands.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 143

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PF BAND ADJUSTMENT  Judgment

Select the numerical value of the pattern that has no overlapping of the
 Paper and feed tray upper and lower blocks and the least white bands.
 Paper size: A4  Adjustment procedure
 Paper type: Plain paper
1. Start the Adjustment Program.
 Adjustment pattern
2. Select “PF Band adjustment”.
3. The PF Band adjustment menu appears
4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 144

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PW ADJUSTMENT  Judgment
 PW adjustment:
 Paper and feed tray From the stepped patterns printed on the bottom, top, left, and right
 Paper size: A4 edges of the paper, select the numerical value that is 5 mm from the
 Paper type: Photo matte paper edge of the paper for each of them.
 1st Dot adjustment:
 Adjustment pattern
Select the value at the location of the misaligned pattern and straight
lines printed on the left of the paper.
 Adjustment procedure
1. Start the Adjustment Program.
2. Select “PW / 1st Dot adjustment”.
3. The PW / 1st Dot adjustment menu appears.
4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 145

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

HEAD ANGULAR ADJUSTMENT  Judgment

From among the printed patterns, select the pattern where the above and
 Paper and feed tray below lines are the straightest.
 Paper size: A4  Adjustment procedure
 Paper type:Plain paper
1. Start the Adjustment Program.
 Adjustment pattern
2. Select “Head angular adjustment”.
3. The Head angular adjustment menu appears.
4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 146

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

BI-D ADJUSTMENT  Judgment

Select the pattern for which there is no gap and overlapping of the left and
 Paper and feed tray right patterns.
 Paper size: A4  Adjustment procedure
 Paper type:Plain paper
1. Start the Adjustment Program.
 Adjustment pattern
2. Select “Bi-d adjustment”.
3. The Bi-d adjustment menu appears.
4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 147

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PAPER SKEW ADJUSTMENT  Judgment

From among the printed patterns, select the pattern where the above and
 Paper and feed tray below lines are the straightest.
 Paper size: A4  Adjustment procedure
 Paper type: Plain paper
1. Start the Adjustment Program.
 Adjustment pattern
2. Select “Paper Skew adjustment”.
3. The Paper Skew adjustment menu appears.
4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Press the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.
6. Check the adjustment pattern.
7. Check the adjustment pattern and determine the adjustment value based on
the judgment procedure.
8. Enter the adjustment value.
9. Check that an adjustment value is entered and then press the [Finish]
button to end adjustment.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 148

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT  Adjustment Program screen

 Purpose
After repairs, reset the error history, and perform cleaning when the printer is
next turned on. Also, executing cleaning resets the PG.

 Adjustment procedure
1. Start the Adjustment Program.
2. Select “Preparation for shipment”.
3. Press the [Write] button.
4. Turn OFF the printer. [Write] button

Follow the guidance in the adjustment program.

Adjustment Adjustment Program 149

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.3 Mechanism Adjustment / Check If it is not “OK” but “NG”, set the mechanism in the PG position (PG -)
following the procedure below.
4.3.1 PG Adjustment
PROCEDURE TO SET IN THE PG POSITION (PG -)
This section describes the procedure for checking the platen gap (PG).
1. Move the CR Unit to the center of the printer.
 The standard range of the PG is as follows:
2. Move the PF Belt in the direction of the arrow taking care not to damage it
• Standard and set the APG Lever.
0-digit side: 1.3 +/- 0.1 mm
Full-digit side: 1.3 +/- 0.1 mm OK
APG Lever

 Check the platen gap before installing the CR Scale.

 Tools
 Thickness gauges for PG check: 1.1 mm gauge, 1.2 mm gauge,
1.4 mm gauge, 1.5 mm gauge

4.3.1.1 Preparation NG

Before PG adjustment, check the following.

 The mechanism should be in the PG position (PG -).
Check the protrusion of the APG transmission slider is as shown in Figure 4-1.

OK Figure 4-2.
3. Move the CR Unit to the Full-digit side until it touches the APG Lever.

CR Unit

NG

Figure 4-3.
4. Check the APG slider is in the "OK" status shown in Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1.

Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment / Check 150

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.3.1.2 Adjustment and confirmation procedure  Position of the Thickness gauge to check the PG
When performing the PG adjustment, make sure of the
following. Full-digit side Thickness gauge Thickness gauge 0-digit side
 Move the CR Unit by pulling the top of the CR Belt.
 Be careful not to damage the nozzle surface of the
B A
Printhead with the thickness gauge.
 PG Adjustment Bushing
The PG Adjustment Bushing, which you need to operate to adjust the PG, is
located on both sides of the CR Unit as shown in Figure 4-4. When adjusting,
make sure to move both the bushings to the same scale.

PG Adjustment Bushing PG Adjustment Bushing

+
+

-
-

Figure 4-5. Position of the Thickness Gauge

Figure 4-4.

Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment / Check 151

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

ADJUSTMENT OF THE 0-DIGIT SIDE 5. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the
thickness gauge.
1. Move the CR Unit to the center of the printer and place the thickness gauge
(1.1 mm) on the position A shown in Figure 4-5 (p151).  When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness
2. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the
gauge, and secure the screw on the PG Adjustment Bushing.
thickness gauge.
Go to Step 6.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge  When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the PG Adjustment The PG is too wide, so move the CR Unit to the center of the
Bushing by one notch in the +direction. (See Figure 4-4 printer and repeat this procedure from Step 1.
(p151))
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge ADJUSTMENT OF THE FULL-DIGIT SIDE
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the PG Adjustment
Bushing in the - direction until the CR Unit touches the 6. Place the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) on the position B shown in Figure 4-5
thickness gauge and repeat this procedure from Step 2. (p151).
7. Move the CR Unit to tto the center of the printer and check if the CR Unit
3. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side again and check if the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge.
touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the Full-digit side, move the PG
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the PG Adjustment Adjustment Bushing by one notch in the + direction. (See
Bushing by one notch in the + direction and repeat this Figure 4-4 (p151))
procedure from Step 2. (See Figure 4-4 (p151))
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the PG Adjustment
Move the CR Unit to the center and go to Step 4. Bushing in the - direction until the CR Unit touches the
thickness gauge and repeat this procedure from Step 7.
4. Remove the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) and place the thickness gauge (1.5
mm) on the position A shown in Figure 4-5 (p151).

Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment / Check 152

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

8. Move the CR Unit to the Full-digit side again and check if the CR Unit CHECKING THE PLATEN GAP
touches the thickness gauge.
11. Place the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) on the position A shown in Figure 4-5
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge (p151).
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the PG Adjustment
12. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the
Bushing by one notch in the + direction and repeat this
thickness gauge.
procedure from Step 7. (See Figure 4-4 (p151))
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge  When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and go to Step 9. Move the CR Unit to the center and repeat this procedure
from Step 1.
9. Remove the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) and place the thickness gauge (1.5  When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
mm) on the position B shown in Figure 4-5 (p151). Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness
10. Move the CR Unit to the Full-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches gauge, and go to Step 13.
the thickness gauge.
13. Place the thickness gauge (1.5 mm) on the position A shown in Figure 4-5
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge (p151).
Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness
14. Move the CR Unit to the Full-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches
gauge, and secure the screw on the PG Adjustment Bushing.
the thickness gauge.
Go to Step 11.
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge  When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
The PG is too wide, so move the CR Unit to the center of the Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness
printer and repeat this procedure from Step 6. gauge.
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and repeat this procedure
from Step 1.

15. Finish the PG Adjustment.

Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment / Check 153

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.3.2 MAC Address Setting  Setting procedure

1. After replacing the Main Board, note down the MAC address written on a
 This setting is not necessary when the data in EEPROM
label on the Housing Right.
on the Main Board can be read out.
 The user should be notified of the change of MAC 2. Connect the printer and the PC with the USB cable.
address because of the following reasons. 3. Start the adjustment program.
• If the user has set the printer’s MAC address on a 4. Select “Initial Setting” from the menu.
router, the repaired printer with a new MAC address The Initial Setting screen shows.
cannot be connected to the network.
5. Enter the six digits of MAC address into the MAC address entry field, and
• The default printer name on a network consists of
click the Perform button.
“EPSON” and the last six digits of the MAC address.
Therefore, the printer name becomes different from 6. Select the network status sheet print menu on the printer’s control panel,
the previous one. and print the sheet. Check the MAC address printed on the sheet to see if it
 You are required to enter the last six digits of the MAC is correct.
address (xx:yy:zz) on the adjustment program.
MAC address example:38:1A:52:xx:yy:zz
(“xx, yy, zz” represents a value unique to each printer)

Last six Digits MAC address

MAC Address Label

Figure 4-6. MAC Address Setting Screen

Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment / Check 154

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

4.3.3 Scanner zero point adjustment (TBD)

Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment / Check 155

Confidential
 CHAPTER

5
MAINTENANCE

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5.1 Cleaning 3. When finishing the cleaning to the outside of the printhead filter,
remove the cotton swab.
4. If foreign material remains there, repeat the steps (1) to (3) shown
5.1.1 Cleaning the printhead filter above until foreign material is removed.
 This cleaning should be carried out only if you can see After cleaning, check if there are no damages such as shown
foreign material on the printhead filter. below. If there are any damages there, replace the printhead
 Make sure not to break the printhead filter with excess force. with a new one.
 The printhead filter cleaning should be carried out from
 A dent of the printhead filter
the center to outside. (Otherwise, a cotton swab may be
caught by the edge of the filter and a burr may result.)
 To prevent mixed colors, make sure not to use the old
one for cleaning the printhead filter of the other colors.
 Tools
 Cotton swab
 Cleaning procedure
1. Place a dried cotton swab slowly in the center of the printhead filter. Figure 5-3.
 A burr of the printhead filter
Printhead filter Foreign material

Figure 5-1.
2. Move the cotton swab slowly outside to wipe out foreign material. Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-2.

Maintenance Cleaning 157

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5.1.2 Cleaning the seal rubber section of the printhead  Cleaning procedure
1. Place a dried cotton swab slowly in the center of the seal rubber section
 This cleaning should be carried out only if you can see of the printhead.
foreign material on the seal rubber section of the
Foreign material Wall
printhead.
 The seal rubber section cleaning should be carried out
from the center to outside.
 To prevent mixed colors, make sure not to use the old
one for cleaning the seal rubber section of the other
colors.
 When cleaning the seal rubber section of the printhead,
Seal rubber
pure water/CR02 can be used to enhance transcription.
But, make sure not to use the undesignated liquid (tap
Figure 5-5.
water/CR06) because they may have a negative influence 2. Move the cotton swab slowly to wipe out foreign material.
on the printhead filter.

 Tools
 Cotton swab (the tip is thin)
 Liquid (actual ink/pure water/CR02)

Wipe from inside the seal rubber Wipe along the wall
(filter side) towards the outside. nearby the seal rubber.

Figure 5-6.
3. When finishing the cleaning to the outside of the seal rubber section of
the printhead, remove the cotton swab from the seal rubber section.
4. If foreign material remains there, repeat the steps (1) to (3) shown
above until foreign material is removed.

Maintenance Cleaning 158

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5.1.3 Cleaning the nozzle plate section of the printhead  Cleaning procedure
1. Remove foreign material by moving a soft dry dust-free cloth slowly
 This cleaning should be carried out only if you can see and lightly.
foreign material on the nozzle plate of the printhead.
 Make sure not to break the nozzle plate with excess
Soft dry dust-free cloth Nozzle plate Head cover
force.
 Make sure not to deform the head cover.
 To prevent mixed colors, make sure to clean it parallel to
the nozzle line.
 Only wipe off where foreign material attaches, and do
not touch the other sections to the utmost. If foreign
material is big, make sure to wipe it off with a clean part
of a soft dry dust-free cloth in batches.
 When cleaning the nozzle plate of the printhead, actual
ink/pure water/CR02 can be used to enhance
transcription. But, make sure not to use the Foreign material
undesignated liquid (tap water/CR06) because they may
have a negative influence on the printhead filter. Clean it parallel to the nozzle line.

 Tools Note:Pure water/CR02 can be used to enhance transcription of foreign material.

 Soft dry dust-free cloth

 Liquid (pure water/CR02)

Maintenance Cleaning 159

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5.1.4 Cleaning the Exterior Parts/inside of the printer 5.2 Lubrication

This section describes how to clean the sections other than the printhead.
The type and amount of the grease used to lubricate the printer parts are
 Instructions for cleaning determined based on the results of the internal evaluations. Therefore, refer to "
 Exterior parts such as housing 5.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions (p161)" for the repairing procedures
Wipe dirt off with a soft clean cloth moistened with water. For glossy below, and apply the specified type and amount of the grease to the specified
or transparent parts, use of unwoven cloth is recommended to avoid part of the printer mechanism.
scratching those parts.
 Inside of the printer " 5.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions (p161)" also provides information
Remove paper dust with a vacuum cleaner. about whether or not the parts which require lubrication are supplied as ASP
 Rubber or plastic rollers used to feed paper and the lubrication status when supplied as ASP. For the parts which are not
If paper dust or the like adhered to the rollers decreases the frictional supplied as ASP, if their movement is not smooth enough, check their
force of the rollers and causes paper feed problems, moisten a cloth lubrication status and lubricate them if necessary.
with water or diluted alcohol and wring the water out, then wipe the
dust off the roller using the cloth.  Grease
 Instructions for cleaning ink stains Type Name EPSON Part Code Supplier
Wipe the stains off with a cloth wrung out of diluted alcohol. Grease G-96 1590700 EPSON
Grease G-97 1635441 EPSON
 Do not use alcohol for cleaning the transparent parts.
Doing so may cause them to get cloudy. Grease G-45 1033657 EPSON

 When wiping off paper dust, be careful not to rub  Tools

against the surface asperity.
 To minimize the effect on the parts, use diluted alcohol Name Availability EPSON Part Code
such as 70% diluted ether. Injector * ---
 After using alcohol for cleaning, make sure to wipe the Brush * ---
part off with a soft dry dust-free cloth to remove alcohol Flux dispenser * ---
traces fully.
Note "*": Use tools whose specifications are specified in " 5.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions
(p161)"

Maintenance Lubrication 160

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>
Frame Base Right None
None
Frame Base Right <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- ---

<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>

Two holes that the dowel Paper Cassette Assy and
on the hinge of the SCN Photo Paper Cassette Assy
Unit is attached. sliding points of the Frame
Base (eight points).
<Type>
<Type>
G-97
G-96
<Application Amount>
<Application Amount>
Appropriate amount
Frame Base Left Appropriate amount
<Remarks>
<Remarks>
 Apply with brush.
 Apply with flux
dispenser. Rub off
excess grease.

Frame Base Left

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-1. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (1) Figure 5-2. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (2) (ET-8500/L8160 Series)

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

None None
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- ---
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Frame Base Left Paper Cassette Assy and Shafts on the side of the
Frame Base Right Photo Paper Cassette Assy Frame Base Left (five
sliding points of the Frame points).
Base (nine points).
<Type>
<Type> G-96
G-96
<Application Amount>
<Application Amount> Appropriate amount
Appropriate amount
<Remarks>
<Remarks>  Apply with flux
 Apply with flux dispenser. Rub off
dispenser. Rub off excess grease.
excess grease.

Frame Base Left

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-3. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (3) (ET-8550/L8180 Series) Figure 5-4. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (4)

Maintenance Lubrication 161

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

None None
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- ---
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Contact points on the 1. Shafts on the side of
Frame Base with the EJ the Frame Base Right
Roller (Four points) (15 points).
<Type> 2. Around the shaft holes
in the side of the
G-97
Frame Base Right (two
<Application Amount> points).
Φ2 mm x 3 mm <Type>
<Remarks> G-97
 Apply with injector. <Application Amount>
Φ2 mm x 3 mm (0.006g)
<Remarks>
 Apply with injector.

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-5. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (5) Figure 5-6. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (6)

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

None None
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- ---
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Paper Support Assy sliding Stacker driving shaft
points of the Frame Base sliding points of the Frame
(two points). Base (four points).
<Type> <Type>
G-96 G-97
<Application Amount> <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount 1. Φ2 mm x 3 mm
(0.006g) x 2
<Remarks>
2. 0.004 g x 2
 Apply with flux
dispenser. Rub off <Remarks>
excess grease.  Apply with brush.

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-7. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (7) Figure 5-8. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (8)

Maintenance Lubrication 162

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

None Supplied as the Pickup
<Lubrication status when Roller Assy
supplied as ASP> <Lubrication status when
Front Front
--- supplied as ASP>
Lubricated
<Lubrication Point>
Contact points on the Frame <Lubrication Point>
Base with the PF Roller Pickup Drive Shaft and
(four points). Pickup Release Lever
sliding points of the Pickup
<Type>
Frame (16 points).
G-97
<Type>
<Application Amount>
G-96
Φ2 mm x 2 mm x 8
<Application Amount>
<Remarks> Rear Rear
Appropriate amount
 Apply with injector.
<Remarks>
 Apply with flux
dispenser. Rub off
excess grease.

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-9. Lubricating Frame Base Assy (9) Figure 5-10. Lubricating Pickup Frame

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

Supplied as the Stacker Supplied as the Stacker
Assy Assy
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
Top Bottom Lubricated Lubricated
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Cassette Guide Rail sliding Frame Base Left and
points of the Stacker Assy Frame Base Right sliding
(four points). points of the Stacker Assy
(two points).
<Type>
G-96 <Type>
G-96
<Application Amount>
Appropriate amount <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount
<Remarks>
 Apply with flux <Remarks>
dispenser. Rub off  Apply with flux
excess grease. dispenser. Rub off
excess grease.

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-11. Lubricating Stacker Assy (1) (ET-8500/L8160 Series) Figure 5-12. Lubricating Stacker Assy (2) (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

Maintenance Lubrication 163

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

None None
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- ---
Home side
<Lubrication Point> A <Lubrication Point>
1. Around the shaft holes CR Unit sliding points of
Main Frame
in the Driven Pulley the Main Frame (six points).
2. Main Frame sliding <Type>
points of the Driven
G-97
Pulley Holder (eight
points). <Application Amount>
3. Bearings in the Driven Step 3 Refer to the figure on the left.
Step 1
Pulley Holder (two B A
<Remarks>
points)
 Apply with injector in
C
<Type> the procedure given
G-97 below.
1. Move the CR Unit to
<Application Amount> the edge of Home side
1. Φ1 mm x 1 mm (0.02 and lubricate from the
g) Full side to the center
2.3. Φ1 mm x rib length of the Main Frame.
<Remarks> 2. Move the CR Unit to the
ET-8500/L8160 Series ET-8550/L8180 Series edge of the Full side.
 Apply with injector. A: Φ 2 mm x 130 mm x 2 (0.5 g) A: Φ 2 mm x 190 mm x 2 (0.7 g)
B: Φ 2 mm x 50 mm x 3 (0.3 g) B: Φ 2 mm x 50 mm x 4 (0.4 g) 3. Lubricate from the
C: Φ 2 mm x 250 mm x 2 (0.5 g) C: Φ 2 mm x 370 mm x 2 (0.7 g) center to the Home side
Lubrication point Lubrication point of the Main Frame.

Figure 5-13. Lubricating Pick Up Roller Assy Figure 5-14. Lubricating Main Frame (1)

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

Front None Supplied as the Paper
<Lubrication status when Support Assy
supplied as ASP> <Lubrication status when
--- supplied as ASP>
Lubricated
<Lubrication Point>
Change Slider sliding <Lubrication Point>
points of the Main Frame 1. Dowels on the Paper
(eight points). Support Main (two
points)
<Type>
2. Paper Support Sub
G-97
sliding points of the
<Application Amount> Paper Support Main
0.15 g x 8 (three points).
Rear
<Remarks> <Type>
 Apply with brush. G-96
<Application Amount>
Appropriate amount
<Remarks>
 Apply with flux dispenser.
Rub off excess grease.

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-15. Lubricating Main Frame (2) Figure 5-16. Lubricating Paper Support Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series)

Maintenance Lubrication 164

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>

2 2 Supplied as the Paper Supplied as the Change
2
Support Assy Slider
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
Lubricated Lubricated
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
1. Dowels on the Paper Main Frame sliding points
Support Main (two of the Change Slider (four
points) points).
2. Paper Support Sub <Type>
sliding points of the
G-97
Paper Support Main
Paper Support Sub
(three points). <Application Amount>
<Type> Φ2 mm x 3 mm (0.006 g) x
Paper Support Main 4
G-96
<Remarks>
<Application Amount>
 Apply with injector.
Appropriate amount
<Remarks>
 Apply with flux
dispenser. Rub off
excess grease.

1 1

Lubrication point Lubrication point

Figure 5-17. Lubricating Paper Support Assy (ET-8550/L8180 Series) Figure 5-18. Lubricating Change Slider

<Part supply as ASP>

Supplied as the SCN Unit
<Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP>
Lubricated
<Lubrication Point>
Guide rail
<Type>
G-45
<Application Amount>
0.03 g x 3
<Remarks>
 Apply with brush.

Lubrication point

Figure 5-19. Lubricating Scanner Housing Lower

Maintenance Lubrication 165

Confidential
 CHAPTER

6
APPENDIX

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.1 Connector Diagram

Cable connections of this printer are shown below.

Photo Paper Cassette Sensor

Relay Board
CN6 CN5
Paper Cassette Sensor

CN4 PE Sensor

CN3 RASF Paper Sensor

CN2 CR Encoder
AC Power
PW Sensor CN2

PS Unit CN1
CR Motor
Printhead
PF Motor

CN501
LAN CN4
CN2 USB Host
CN151 CN30 CN31 Main Board
CN1 CN59 CN50 CN41 CN43 CN7 CN21
CN70 CN60 CN40 CN42
USB CN14 CN15 CN54 CN3
CN72 CN20 CN36
CN13

Stacker Motor LD Phase Sensor Stacker Encoder Stacker

Open
Sensor
Power Button
SCN Unit
PF Encoder Tank Cover Board
Open Sensor CN1
CIS Module

Maintenance Box CSIC CN2

Wi-Fi Board
SCN Motor

SCN Encoder Panel Board

LED Board

Card Slot
Board

Figure 6-1.

Appendix Connector Diagram 167

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2 Protection for Transportation

This section explains specific points of note regarding packaging after repairs Step 1
CR Pad (A)
are completed.

Unless otherwise specified, this section applies to both ET- Packing tape B
8500/L8160 Series and ET-8550/L8180 Series. Pictures of the 30 mm
Adhesive side
ET-8500/L8160 Series are mainly used throughout this
section, but some pictures of ET-8550/L8180 Series are used Step 2
to explain the differences from ET-8500/L8160 Series. Adhesive side

25 mm
6.2.1 Securing the CR Unit 25 mm
Adhesive side
CR Pad (B) Packing tape C
 Purpose
To prevent damaging the CR Unit by shock during transportation.
Packing tape B/
Step 3 Packing tape A Fold
 Risk if it is not performed CR Pad (A)
Fatal error caused by the damage of the CR Unit.
 Preparation
• Prepare two pieces of CR Pad (Part Code: 5154567)
• Packing tape Packing tape C/
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape. Adhesive side CR Pad (B)
(Length: 280 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
B) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 80 mm, width: 22 mm)
C) Prepare a piece of packing tape. 90 mm

170 mm
(Length: 120 mm, width: 22 mm)
Prepare the securing tape in the procedure given below.

1. Align the packing tape B with the lower end of the CR Pad (A),
and paste it on the CR Pad (A) at the point 30 mm from the tape Figure 6-2.
end.
2. Paste the CR Pad (B) on packing tape C at the point 25 mm from
the tape end, and wrap the CR Pad (B) with the other end of the
tape.
3. Paste the CR Pad (A) (B) on packing tape A as shown in the figure.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 168

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

 Method
Left of the CR Unit
1. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side, tilt the Valve Cam Lever Packing tape B/
toward the front of the printer to close the valve. CR Pad (A)

2. While the folded end of the securing tape is on the right side of the
printer, insert the “packing tape C/CR Pad (B)” portion into the
gap between the CR Unit and the Housing Right. (See Figure 6-2
Securing tape
(p 168))
3. Paste the unfolded end of the securing tape on the left and top of
the CR Unit.
4. Paste the folded end of the securing tape along the Housing Right.

CR Unit
Valve Cam Lever
(Valve closed state)

Right
CR Unit

Valve Cam Lever

(Valve closed state) Insert “Packing tape C/
CR Pad (B)” portion here.

Securing tape

Housing Right

Fold

Figure 6-3.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 169

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.2 Securing the Maintenance Box For ET-8550/L8180 Series, paste the film and Support Pad on the
packing tape B as shown in the figure.
 Purpose
• To prevent deforming the frame and ink leakage from the Film
Maintenance Box by shock during transportation.
Fold Adhesive side
• To prevent scratching the Rear ASF Frame and the Scanner Unit.
 Risk if it is not performed Top
Fatal error caused by the deformation of the frame, or ink leakage from
the Maintenance Box. 100 mm

 Preparation
Support Pad
• ET-8500/L8160 Series
•Packing tape
A)Prepare a piece of packing tape. Top
(Length: 160 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
• ET-8550/L8180 Series
•Prepare a piece of Polyethylene film
Thickness of 0.04 mm, cut in 50 mm x 50 mm
•Prepare a piece of Support Pad (Part Code: 5158770) Side
•Packing tape
B)Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 290 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
C)Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 50 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)

Top

Side

Figure 6-4.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 170

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

 Method
• ET-8500/L8160 Series ET-8500/L8160 Series

1. Align the packing tape A with the edge of salient part of the Rear
ASF Frame and paste the tape.
• ET-8550/L8180 Series
Fold
1. Insert the Support Pad into the platen as shown in the figure.
Packing tape A ET-8550/L8180 Series
2. Make sure the film portion is on the label of the printer, and paste
the packing tape B on the Maintenance Box and the Housing Front Edge of the salient Packing tape B
Assy. Rear ASF Frame
3. Align the packing tape C with the edge of salient part of the Rear
ASF Frame and paste the tape.
Label Maintenance
Fold Box

Edge of the salient

Fold
Film

Packing tape C
Housing Front Assy

Support Pad

Figure 6-5.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 171

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.3 Protection of Stacker (ET-8500/L8160 Series)  Method

 Purpose 1. Pull out the Stacker.
To prevent damaging the Stacker by shock during transportation. 2. Paste the packing tape A/B to the Stacker as shown in the figure.
 Risk if it is not performed 3. Align the folded end of the packing tape C with the inside corner
Damage to the Stacker due to shock during transport. of the Stacker, and paste it on the edge of the Stacker.
 Preparation
Packing tape
Packing tape A/B
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 160 mm, width: 22 mm)
B) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 110 mm, width: 22 mm) Start pasting here
Packing tape C
C) Prepare two pieces of packing tape.
(Length: 40 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
Align the end of packing tape A and packing tape B, and paste the
adhesive side of them.

Stacker
Packing tape B Packing tape A

Figure 6-6.
Packing tape C

Front Packing tape C

Fold Stacker Fold

Figure 6-7.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 172

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.4 Securing the Paper Cassette Assy (ET-8500/L8160 Series) 6.2.5 Securing the Paper Cassette Assy/Photo Paper
 Purpose Cassette Assy (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
To prevent damaging the Cassette Cover by shock during  Purpose
transportation. To prevent damaging the Paper Cassette Assy/Photo Paper Cassette
 Risk if it is not performed Assy by shock during transportation.
Damage to the Cassette Cover due to vibration during transport.  Risk if it is not performed
 Preparation Damage to the Paper Cassette Assy/Photo Paper Cassette Assy due to
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape. vibration during transport.
(Length: 80 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)  Preparation
 Method • Two Spacer, Frame, Base (Part Code: 1836128)
Secure the Cassette Cover as shown in the figure below.
• Packing tape
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 260 mm, width: 14 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
B) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
Packing tape A Start pasting here (Length: 100 mm, width: 22 mm)
C) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 80 mm, width: 14 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
D) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 70 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
E) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 45 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
F) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 80 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
Paste the adhesive side of packing tape A and packing tape B as shown
Cassette Cover Fold below.

Fold Adhesive side

Figure 6-8.

Packing tape A 50 mm Packing tape B

Figure 6-9.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 173

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

 Method 3. Paste the packing tape D to the Photo Paper Cassette Assy.
1. Paste the packing tape A/B to the Photo Paper Cassette Assy.
Packing tape D
Packing tape A/B Fold

Start pasting here

Align with the corner

Photo Paper Cassette Assy

Photo Paper Cassette Assy

Figure 6-12.
Figure 6-10. 4. Paste the packing tape E to the Spacer, Frame, Base.
2. Paste the packing tape C to the Spacer, Frame, Base.
Fold

Packing tape C Packing tape E

Spacer, Frame, Base

Fold
Align the center of the
Start pasting here tab of the Spacer,
Frame, Base with the Start pasting here
center of the packing
tape E.

Spacer, Frame, Base

Figure 6-11.
Figure 6-13.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 174

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

5. Attach the Photo Paper Cassette Assy and Paper Cassette Assy to 7. Attach the Spacer, Frame, Base prepared in Step 2 (p.174) as
the printer. shown in the figure below, and secure it with the packing tape C.
6. Paste the packing tape A/B upward along the Stacker Assy and 8. Attach the Spacer, Frame, Base prepared in Step 4 (p.174) as
printer shape. shown in the figure below, and secure it with the packing tape E.
9. Paste the packing tape F as shown below.

Spacer, Frame, Spacer, Frame, Base

Packing tape C
Base
Packing tape E

Photo Paper Cassette Assy Spacer, Frame, Base

のタブ中央と梱包用
テープの中央を合わせ
る
Make Spacer, Frame, Base
Packing tape D contact with Stacker Assy. Align with the edge

Packing tape A/B

Paper Cassette Assy Start pasting here

Packing tape A/B

Fold Packing tape F

Figure 6-15.
Stacker Assy

Figure 6-14.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 175

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.6 Protection of SCN Cover Rear (ET-8500/L8160 Series) 6.2.7 Protection of SCN Cover Rear (ET-8550/L8180 Series)
 Purpose  Purpose
To prevent damaging the SCN Cover Rear by shock during To prevent damaging the SCN Cover Rear by shock during
transportation. transportation.
 Risk if it is not performed  Risk if it is not performed
Damage to the SCN Cover Rear due to vibration during transport. Damage to the SCN Cover Rear due to vibration during transport.
 Preparation  Preparation
• Packing tape Prepare two pieces of packing tape.
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape. (Length: 50 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
(Length: 240 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)  Method
B) Prepare two pieces of packing tape. Paste the packing tape as shown in the figure below.
(Length: 50 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
 Method
SCN Cover Rear
Paste the packing tape as shown in the figure below.
Fold Fold

Packing tape A SCN Cover Rear

Fold Fold

Start pasting here Start pasting here

Packing tape Packing tape

Figure 6-17.
Packing tape B

Figure 6-16.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 176

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.8 Securing the Panel Assy/SCN Unit/Paper Support

(ET-8500/L8160 Series)
Left rear Packing tape C Packing tape C Right rear
 Purpose 60 mm 60 mm
To prevent damaging the Panel Assy, the SCN Unit and the Paper
Support by shock during transportation.
 Risk if it is not performed
Damage to the Panel Assy, the SCN Unit and the Paper Support due to
vibration during transport.
Paper Support Packing tape B
 Preparation Packing tape B Paper Support
• Packing tape
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
SCN Unit
(Length: 240 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
B) Prepare two pieces of packing tape.
(Length: 130 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
C) Prepare two pieces of packing tape.
(Length: 70 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
 Method
Secure the Panel Assy, the SCN Unit and the Paper Support as shown Start pasting here
in the Figure 6-18.

Panel Assy Packing tape A

Folded end

Figure 6-18.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 177

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.9 Securing the Panel Assy/SCN Unit/Paper Support

(ET-8550/L8180 Series) Rear
Packing tape B
 Purpose Paper Support
To prevent damaging the Panel Assy, the SCN Unit and the Paper Start pasting here
Support by shock during transportation.
 Risk if it is not performed
Damage to the Panel Assy, the SCN Unit and the Paper Support due to
vibration during transport.
 Preparation
• Packing tape
SCN Unit
A) Prepare a piece of packing tape.
(Length: 240 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
B) Prepare two pieces of packing tape.
(Length: 200 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
 Method
Secure the Panel Assy, the SCN Unit and the Paper Support as shown
in the Figure 6-19.
Start pasting here

Panel Assy
Packing tape A

Folded end

Figure 6-19.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 178

Confidential
EPSON ET-8500/L8160 Series, ET-8550/L8180 Series Revision A

6.2.10 Protection the Paper Support (ET-8550/L8180 Series)

 Purpose
To prevent damaging the Paper Support by shock during
transportation.
 Risk if it is not performed
Damage to the Paper Support due to vibration during transport.
 Preparation
Prepare two pieces of packing tape.
(Length: 110 mm, width: 22 mm, fold on the end: 5 mm)
 Method
1. Pull out the Paper Support.
2. Align the folded end of the packing tape with the upper end of the
rib of the Paper Support shown in Figure 6-20, and paste the
packing tape as the rib comes to the center of the packing tape.

Paper Support

Start pasting here

Packing tape Packing tape

Rib Rib

Folded end

Figure 6-20.

Appendix Protection for Transportation 179

Confidential